New South Wales Bills

[Index] [Search] [Download] [Related Items] [Help]


This is a Bill, not an Act. For current law, see the Acts databases.


MENTAL HEALTH BILL 2006




                                New South Wales




Mental Health Bill 2006


Contents

                                                                                    Page
Chapter 1             Preliminary
                  1   Name of Act                                                     2
                  2   Commencement                                                    2
                  3   Objects of Act                                                  2
                  4   Definitions                                                     2

Chapter 2             Voluntary admission to facilities
                  5   Admission on own request                                        6
                  6   Voluntary admission of children                                 6
                  7   Voluntary admission of persons under guardianship               6
                  8   Discharge of voluntary patients                                 7
                  9   Review of voluntary patients                                    7
                 10   Detention of voluntary patients in mental health facilities     7
                 11   Review of decisions made by authorised medical officer to
                      refuse or discharge voluntary patient                           8

b05-126-07.p02
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                     Page

Chapter 3            Involuntary admission and treatment in
                     and outside facilities
Part 1        Requirements for involuntary admission, detention
              and treatment
              12     General restrictions on detention of persons                      9
              13     Criteria for involuntary admission etc as mentally ill person
                     or mentally disordered person                                     9
              14     Mentally ill persons                                              9
              15     Mentally disordered persons                                      10
              16     Certain words or conduct may not indicate mental illness
                     or disorder                                                      10

Part 2        Involuntary detention and treatment in mental
              health facilities
              Division 1       Preliminary
              17     Definitions                                                      11

              Division 2       Admission to and initial detention in mental
                               health facilities
              18     When a person may be detained in mental health facility          11
              19     Detention on certificate of medical practitioner or
                     accredited person                                                12
              20     Detention on information of ambulance officer                    13
              21     Police assistance                                                13
              22     Detention after apprehension by police                           13
              23     Detention after order for medical examination or
                     observation                                                      14
              24     Detention on order of Magistrate or bail officer                 14
              25     Detention after transfer from another health facility            15
              26     Detention on request of primary carer, relative or friend        15
              27     Steps for medical examination requirements for ongoing
                     detention in mental health facility                              15
              28     Obligations of examining medical practitioners                   16
              29     Treatment of persons detained in mental health facilities        17
              30     Assessable persons may be reclassified as voluntary
                     patients                                                         17
              31     Limited detention of mentally disordered persons                 17
              32     Limited further detention of persons taken to facility by
                     police or after Magistrate's or bail officer's order             18
              33     Actions may be delayed because of other illnesses or
                     conditions                                                       19




Contents page 2
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                   Page
              Division 3      Continuing detention in mental health
                              facilities
              34     Mental health inquiries to be held                             19
              35     Purpose and findings of mental health inquiries                19
              36     Contempt of mental health inquiry                              20
              37     Reviews of involuntary patients by Tribunal                    21
              38     Purpose and findings of reviews of involuntary patients        21
              39     Medical examination of involuntary patients                    22
              40     Re-classification of involuntary patients as voluntary
                     patients                                                       22
              41     Discharge on making of community treatment order               22
              42     Discharge of involuntary patients on own application           23
              43     Discharge of involuntary patients on application of primary
                     carer                                                          23
              44     Appeals against discharge refusals                             23
              45     Review and discharge of absent patients                        24

              Division 4      Leave of absence from mental health
                              facilities
              46     Application of Division                                        24
              47     Leave of absence on compassionate grounds, medical
                     grounds or other grounds                                       24
              48     Apprehension of persons not permitted to be absent from
                     mental health facility                                         25
              49     Police assistance                                              25

Part 3        Involuntary treatment outside mental health
              facilities
              Division 1      Applications for and making of community
                              treatment orders
              50     Definitions                                                    26
              51     Community treatment orders                                     26
              52     Notice of applications                                         27
              53     Determination of applications for community treatment
                     orders                                                         27
              54     Requirements for treatment plans under community
                     treatment orders                                               28
              55     Community treatment order may be made in absence of
                     affected person                                                29
              56     Form and duration of community treatment orders                29

              Division 2      Operation of community treatment orders
              57     Duties and functions of affected person and mental health
                     facility                                                       29
              58     Breach of community treatment order                            30

                                                                      Contents page 3
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                   Page
              59     Police assistance                                              31
              60     Procedures at facility after breach notice or breach order     31
              61     Review of affected person at mental health facility after
                     breach order                                                   31
              62     Discharge and detention of affected persons                    32
              63     Review by Tribunal of detained affected persons                32
              64     Purpose and findings of reviews                                33

              Division 3       Revocation, variation and review of
                               community treatment orders
              65     Variation or revocation of orders by Tribunal                  33
              66     Revocation by director of community treatment                  34
              67     Appeals                                                        34

Chapter 4            Care and treatment
Part 1        Rights of patients or detained persons and
              primary carers
              Division 1       General
              68     Principles for care and treatment                              35
              69     Offence to ill-treat patients                                  36
              70     Assistance of interpreters                                     36
              71     Primary carer                                                  36
              72     Nomination of primary carer                                    37

              Division 2       Notification and information sharing
              73     Information about medication                                   37
              74     Information to be given to persons to be detained              38
              75     Notification to primary carer of initial detention             38
              76     Notification of mental health inquiries                        39
              77     Notification to new involuntary patients of appeal rights      39
              78     Notifications to primary carer of events affecting patients
                     or detained persons                                            39
              79     Discharge and other planning                                   40

              Division 3       Transfer of patients
              80     Transfer of patients to or from mental health facilities       40
              81     Transport of persons to and from mental health facilities
                     and other health facilities                                    41




Contents page 4
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                 Page
Part 2        Mental health treatments
              Division 1       Preliminary
              82     Definitions                                                  42

              Division 2
              83     Prohibited treatments                                        42
              84     Treatment may be given to patients                           43
              85     Administration of excessive or inappropriate drugs           43
              86     Review of drug use in mental health facilities               43

              Division 3       Electro convulsive therapy
              87     Definitions                                                  44
              88     Offences relating to administration of electro convulsive
                     treatment                                                    44
              89     When electro convulsive therapy may be administered          44
              90     Refusal of treatment by medical superintendent               45
              91     Informed consent requirements                                45
              92     Person impaired by medication incapable of giving
                     informed consent                                             46
              93     When electro convulsive therapy may be administered to
                     persons other than involuntary patients                      46
              94     When electro convulsive therapy may be administered to
                     involuntary patients                                         47
              95     Tribunal to hold inquiries promptly                          47
              96     Purpose and findings of ECT inquiries                        47
              97     Electro convulsive therapy register                          49

Part 3        Other medical treatments
              98     Definitions                                                  49
              99     Emergency surgery for involuntary patients                   49
             100     Authorised medical practitioner may consent to surgery       50
             101     Tribunal may consent to surgery                              51
             102     Special medical treatment                                    51
             103     Tribunal may consent to special medical treatment            52
             104     Effect of consents                                           52

Chapter 5            Administration
Part 1        Administrative objectives and functions
             105     Objectives of New South Wales public health system           53
             106     Functions of Director-General                                53
             107     Delegation                                                   54
             108     Annual report                                                54

                                                                     Contents page 5
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                     Page
Part 2        Mental health facilities
              Division 1       Declared mental health facilities
             109     Establishment of declared mental health facilities               55
             110     Declared mental health facilities that are private mental
                     health facilities                                                55
             111     Appointment of medical superintendents                           56
             112     Appointment of deputy medical superintendents                    56
             113     Directors and deputy directors of community treatment            56
             114     Psychiatric case managers                                        57

              Division 2       Private mental health facilities
             115     Application for licence                                          57
             116     Grant or refusal of licence                                      57
             117     Duration of licence                                              58
             118     Annual statement and licence fee                                 58
             119     Duplicate licence                                                58
             120     Cancellation of licences--generally                              58
             121     Cancellation of licences--failure to show cause                  58
             122     Variation of licence                                             59
             123     Provision of medical services in private mental health
                     facilities                                                       59
             124     Medical superintendents                                          59
             125     Deputy medical superintendents                                   59
             126     Unlicensed private mental health facilities                      59
             127     Certain private hospitals to be licensed                         60

Part 3        Official visitors and accredited persons
             128     Principal official visitor                                       60
             129     Official visitors                                                60
             130     General provisions relating to the Principal official visitor
                     and official visitors                                            61
             131     Inspections of mental health facilities by official visitors     61
             132     Obligations to facilitate exercise of functions by official
                     visitors                                                         62
             133     Reports to Minister                                              62
             134     Request by patient or other person to see official visitor       63
             135     Official visitors not personally liable                          63
             136     Accredited persons                                               63

Part 4        Inspection powers
             137     Inspection of mental health facilities                           63




Contents page 6
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                  Page
             138     Powers of authorised officer to require information,
                     evidence, production of records                                64
             139     Protection from incrimination                                  64

Chapter 6            Mental Health Review Tribunal
Part 1        The Tribunal
             140     Constitution of the Tribunal                                   66
             141     Membership of Tribunal                                         66
             142     Registrar and other officers of the Tribunal                   67
             143     Authentication of documents                                    67
             144     Judicial notice of certain signatures                          67
             145     Certain proceedings prohibited                                 67
             146     Application of Defamation Act 2005 to proceedings of
                     Tribunal                                                       67
             147     Annual report                                                  68
             148     Delegation                                                     68

Part 2        Procedures of the Tribunal
             149     Application of Part                                            69
             150     Composition of the Tribunal                                    69
             151     Procedure at meetings of Tribunal to be informal               69
             152     Legal representation of mentally ill persons and other
                     persons                                                        70
             153     Determination whether a person is a mentally ill person
                     or mentally disordered person                                  70
             154     Rights of appearance and representation                        71
             155     Adjournments                                                   71
             156     Inspection etc of medical records                              71
             157     Production of evidence                                         72
             158     Assistance of interpreters                                     73
             159     Record of proceedings                                          73
             160     Tribunal procedure generally                                   73
             161     Contempt of Tribunal                                           74
             162     Publication of names                                           74

Chapter 7            Jurisdiction of Supreme Court
             163     Appeals to the Court                                           75
             164     Power of the Court on appeals                                  75
             165     Panel of assessors                                             75
             166     Jurisdiction of Court to order discharge or transfer of
                     detained person                                                76



                                                                        Contents page 7
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                   Page
             167     Other jurisdiction of the Court not affected                   77
             168     Tribunal members not liable for costs                          77

Chapter 8            Interstate application of mental health
                     laws
Part 1        Preliminary
             169     Object of Chapter                                              78
             170     Definitions                                                    78
             171     Authority to enter into agreements                             78
             172     Corresponding laws, documents and interstate
                     community treatment orders                                     79
             173     New South Wales officers may exercise functions under
                     corresponding laws                                             79

Part 2        Transfer of patients and persons
              Division 1       Transfer of persons from this State
             174     Admission of persons to mental health facilities in other
                     States                                                         79
             175     Effect of certificates                                         80
             176     Transfer of patients from this State                           80

              Division 2       Transfer of persons to this State
             177     Admission of interstate persons to mental health facilities
                     in this State                                                  81
             178     Application of Act to persons brought to mental health
                     facility from outside this State                               81
             179     Transfer of interstate persons to mental health facilities
                     in this State                                                  81
             180     Persons transferred taken to be involuntary patients           82

Part 3        Community treatment orders and other orders
             181     Community treatment orders relating to interstate persons      82
             182     Interstate implementation of New South Wales orders            82
             183     Provision of services under interstate community treatment
                     order                                                          83
             184     Recognition of interstate community treatment orders           83

Part 4        Apprehension of persons absent from mental
              health facility or in breach of orders
             185     Recognition of warrants and orders                             83




Contents page 8
Mental Health Bill 2006

Contents

                                                                                  Page
             186     Apprehension of interstate persons absent without leave
                     or in breach of corresponding orders                           84
             187     Regulations relating to apprehension of persons                84

Chapter 9            Miscellaneous
             188     Restrictions on holding of certain offices                     85
             189     Disclosure of information                                      85
             190     Act does not limit or affect other powers                      85
             191     Liability of police officers and health care professionals
                     exercising functions under this Act                            86
             192     Service of documents                                           86
             193     Amendment of certain documents                                 87
             194     Approved forms                                                 87
             195     Role of objects provisions                                     87
             196     Regulations                                                    87
             197     Proceedings for offences                                       89
             198     Savings, transitional and other provisions                     89
             199     Amendment of other Acts                                        89
             200     Repeal of Mental Health Act 1990 No 9                          89
             201     Review of Act                                                  89

Schedule 1           Medical certificate as to examination or
                     observation of person                                          90
Schedule 2           Mental health inquiries                                        95
Schedule 3           Statement of rights                                           100
Schedule 4           Provisions relating to Principal official
                     visitor and official visitors                                 103
Schedule 5           Provisions relating to members of Tribunal                    105
Schedule 6           Savings, transitional and other provisions                    110
Schedule 7           Amendment of other Acts                                       117




                                                                        Contents page 9
                             New South Wales




Mental Health Bill 2006
No     , 2006


A Bill for

An Act to make provision with respect to the care, treatment and control of mentally
ill and mentally disordered persons and other matters relating to mental health; and
for other purposes.
Clause 1          Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 1         Preliminary




The Legislature of New South Wales enacts:                                                       1


Chapter 1             Preliminary                                                                2

                                                                                                 3
 1    Name of Act
                                                                                                 4
               This Act is the Mental Health Act 2006.
                                                                                                 5
 2    Commencement
                                                                                                 6
               This Act commences on a day or days to be appointed by proclamation.
                                                                                                 7
 3    Objects of Act
                                                                                                 8
               The objects of this Act are:
                                                                                                 9
               (a) to provide for the care, treatment and control of persons who are
                                                                                                10
                     mentally ill or mentally disordered, and
                                                                                                11
               (b) to facilitate the care, treatment and control of those persons
                                                                                                12
                     through community care facilities, and
                                                                                                13
               (c) to facilitate the provision of hospital care for those persons on a
                                                                                                14
                     voluntary basis where appropriate and, in a limited number of
                                                                                                15
                     situations, on an involuntary basis, and
                                                                                                16
               (d) while protecting the civil rights of those persons, to give an
                                                                                                17
                     opportunity for those persons to have access to appropriate care,
                                                                                                18
                     and
                                                                                                19
               (e) to facilitate the involvement of those persons, and persons caring
                                                                                                20
                     for them, in decisions involving appropriate care, treatment and
                                                                                                21
                     control.
                                                                                                22
               Note. See also section 68 which contains principles for care and treatment and
                                                                                                23
               section 105 which sets out objectives for the New South Wales public health
                                                                                                24
               system.
                                                                                                25
 4    Definitions
                                                                                                26
         (1)   In this Act:
                                                                                                27
               accredited person means a person accredited under section 136.
                                                                                                28
               ambulance officer means a member of staff of the NSW Health Service
                                                                                                29
               who is authorised by the chief executive of the Ambulance Service of
                                                                                                30
               NSW to exercise functions of an ambulance officer under this Act.
                                                                                                31
               assessable person--see section 17.
                                                                                                32
               authorised medical officer of a mental health facility means:
                                                                                                33
                (a) the medical superintendent of the mental health facility, or




Page 2
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 4
Preliminary                                                                Chapter 1




              (b)    a medical officer, nominated by the medical superintendent for          1
                     the purposes of this Act, attached to the mental health facility        2
                     concerned.                                                              3
              community treatment order means a community treatment order in                 4
              force under Part 3 of Chapter 3.                                               5
              Court means the Supreme Court.                                                 6
              declared mental health facility means premises subject to an order in          7
              force under section 109.                                                       8
              Deputy President means a person appointed as a Deputy President of             9
              the Tribunal.                                                                 10
              determination of the Tribunal includes an order, direction or decision        11
              of the Tribunal.                                                              12
              Director-General means the Director-General of the Department of              13
              Health.                                                                       14
              director of community treatment--see section 50.                              15
              exercise a function includes perform a duty.                                  16
              forensic patient means a person:                                              17
               (a) who is detained in a mental health facility, correctional centre or      18
                     other place, or released from custody subject to conditions,           19
                     pursuant to an order:                                                  20
                      (i) under section 10 (3) (c), 14, 17 (3), 25, 27 or 39 of the         21
                            Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990, or                 22
                     (ii) an order under section 7 (4) of the Criminal Appeal Act           23
                            1912 (including that subsection as applied by section 5AA       24
                            (5) of that Act), or                                            25
              (b) who is granted bail pursuant to section 14 (b) (ii) or 17 (2) of the      26
                     Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990, or                        27
               (c) who is detained in a mental health facility pending the person's         28
                     committal for trial for an offence or pending the person's trial for   29
                     an offence, or                                                         30
              (d) who has been transferred to a mental health facility while serving        31
                     a sentence of imprisonment and who has not been classified by          32
                     the Tribunal as an involuntary patient.                                33
              function includes a power, authority or duty.                                 34
              guardian, in relation to the exercise of any function under this Act by       35
              the guardian of a person under guardianship, means a guardian who is          36
              able to exercise that function.                                               37




                                                                                Page 3
Clause 4       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 1      Preliminary




            involuntary patient means:                                                  1
             (a) a person who is ordered to be detained as an involuntary patient       2
                   by a Magistrate after a mental health inquiry or by the Tribunal,    3
                   or                                                                   4
            (b) a forensic patient who is re-classified as an involuntary patient.      5
            medical superintendent:                                                     6
             (a) of a declared mental health facility, means the medical                7
                   practitioner appointed, under section 111, as medical                8
                   superintendent of the facility, or                                   9
            (b) of a private mental health facility, means the medical practitioner    10
                   appointed, under section 124, as medical superintendent of the      11
                   facility.                                                           12
            mental health certificate--see section 17.                                 13
            mental health facility means a declared mental health facility or a        14
            private mental health facility.                                            15
            mental health inquiry means an inquiry conducted by a Magistrate           16
            under Division 3 of Part 2 of Chapter 3.                                   17
            mental illness means a condition that seriously impairs, either            18
            temporarily or permanently, the mental functioning of a person and is      19
            characterised by the presence in the person of any one or more of the      20
            following symptoms:                                                        21
             (a) delusions,                                                            22
            (b) hallucinations,                                                        23
             (c) serious disorder of thought form,                                     24
            (d) a severe disturbance of mood,                                          25
             (e) sustained or repeated irrational behaviour indicating the presence    26
                   of any one or more of the symptoms referred to in paragraphs        27
                   (a)-(d).                                                            28
            mentally disordered person--see section 15.                                29
            mentally ill person--see section 14.                                       30
            parent, of a child, means any person having parental responsibility        31
            (within the meaning of the Children and Young Persons (Care and            32
            Protection) Act 1998) for the child.                                       33
            patient means a person who is admitted to a mental health facility in      34
            accordance with this Act and who is in the facility following the          35
            person's admission, and includes a person so admitted while absent         36
            from the facility either with or without leave of absence.                 37
            person under guardianship means a person under guardianship within         38
            the meaning of the Guardianship Act 1987.                                  39
            premises includes any land, building and part of any building.             40



Page 4
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                  Clause 4
Preliminary                                                              Chapter 1




              President means the President of the Tribunal.                              1
              primary carer--see section 71.                                              2
              private mental health facility means premises subject to a licence under    3
              Division 2 of Part 2 of Chapter 5.                                          4
              spouse means:                                                               5
               (a) a husband or wife, or                                                  6
              (b) the other party to a de facto relationship within the meaning of the    7
                     Property (Relationships) Act 1984,                                   8
              but where more than one person would qualify as a spouse, means only        9
              the last person to so qualify.                                             10
              surgical operation--see section 98.                                        11
              Tribunal means the Mental Health Review Tribunal constituted under         12
              Chapter 6.                                                                 13
              voluntary patient means:                                                   14
               (a) a person who has been admitted to a mental health facility under      15
                     Chapter 2, or                                                       16
              (b) a person who has been re-classified as a voluntary patient under       17
                     this Act.                                                           18

       (2)    Notes included in this Act do not form part of this Act.                   19




                                                                              Page 5
Clause 5          Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 2         Voluntary admission to facilities




Chapter 2             Voluntary admission to facilities                                           1

                                                                                                  2
 5    Admission on own request
                                                                                                  3
         (1)   A person may be admitted to a mental health facility as a voluntary
                                                                                                  4
               patient.
                                                                                                  5
         (2)   An authorised medical officer may refuse to admit a person to a mental
                                                                                                  6
               health facility as a voluntary patient if the officer is not satisfied that the
                                                                                                  7
               person is likely to benefit from care or treatment as a voluntary patient.
                                                                                                  8
         (3)   A person may be admitted to a mental health facility as a voluntary
                                                                                                  9
               patient whether or not the person is a mentally ill person or a mentally
                                                                                                 10
               disordered person.
                                                                                                 11
 6    Voluntary admission of children (cf 1990 Act, ss 13-15)
                                                                                                 12
         (1)   An authorised medical officer must, as soon as practicable after
                                                                                                 13
               admitting a person under the age of 16 years as a voluntary patient, take
                                                                                                 14
               all reasonably practicable steps to notify a parent of the person of the
                                                                                                 15
               admission.
                                                                                                 16
         (2)   An authorised medical officer must discharge a person of 14 or 15 years
                                                                                                 17
               of age who has been admitted as a voluntary patient if a parent of the
                                                                                                 18
               person objects to the admission to the officer, unless the person elects
                                                                                                 19
               to continue as a voluntary patient.
                                                                                                 20
         (3)   A person under the age of 14 years must not be admitted as a voluntary
                                                                                                 21
               patient if a parent of the person objects to the admission to an authorised
                                                                                                 22
               medical officer.
                                                                                                 23
         (4)   An authorised medical officer must discharge a person under the age of
                                                                                                 24
               14 years who has been admitted as a voluntary patient if a parent of the
                                                                                                 25
               person requests that the person be discharged.
                                                                                                 26
 7    Voluntary admission of persons under guardianship (cf 1990 Act, s 16)
                                                                                                 27
         (1)   A person under guardianship may be admitted to a mental health facility
                                                                                                 28
               as a voluntary patient if the guardian of the person makes a request to
                                                                                                 29
               an authorised medical officer.
                                                                                                 30
         (2)   A person under guardianship must not be admitted as a voluntary
                                                                                                 31
               patient if the person's guardian objects to the admission to the
                                                                                                 32
               authorised medical officer.
                                                                                                 33
         (3)   An authorised medical officer must discharge a person under
                                                                                                 34
               guardianship who has been admitted as a voluntary patient if the
                                                                                                 35
               person's guardian requests that the person be discharged.




Page 6
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                          Clause 8
Voluntary admission to facilities                                                Chapter 2




  8    Discharge of voluntary patients (cf 1990 Act, s 65)                                          1
       (1)      An authorised medical officer may discharge a voluntary patient at any              2
                time if the officer is of the opinion that the patient is not likely to benefit     3
                from further care or treatment as a voluntary patient.                              4

       (2)      A voluntary patient may discharge himself or herself from or leave a                5
                mental health facility at any time.                                                 6

       (3)      An authorised medical officer must give notice of the discharge of a                7
                voluntary patient who is a person under guardianship to the person's                8
                guardian.                                                                           9
                Note. Section 79 provides for appropriate information relating to follow-up care   10
                to be provided to patients being discharged.                                       11

  9    Review of voluntary patients (cf 1990 Act, s 63)                                            12

       (1)      The Tribunal must review, at least once every 12 months, the case of               13
                each voluntary patient who has been receiving care or treatment, or                14
                both, as a voluntary patient in a mental health facility for a continuous          15
                period of more than 12 months.                                                     16

       (2)      In addition to any other matters it considers on a review, the Tribunal is         17
                to consider whether the patient consents to continue as a voluntary                18
                patient.                                                                           19

       (3)      The Tribunal may on a review order the discharge of the patient from               20
                the mental health facility.                                                        21

       (4)      The Tribunal may defer the operation of an order for the discharge of a            22
                patient for a period of up to 14 days, if the Tribunal thinks it is in the         23
                best interests of the patient to do so.                                            24

       (5)      The medical superintendent of a mental health facility must notify the             25
                Tribunal of the name of any voluntary patient whose case the Tribunal              26
                is required to review.                                                             27

10     Detention of voluntary patients in mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act,                   28
       s 18A)                                                                                      29

       (1)      An authorised medical officer may do all necessary things to cause a               30
                voluntary patient to be detained in a mental health facility under Part 2          31
                of Chapter 3 if the officer considers the person to be a mentally ill              32
                person or a mentally disordered person.                                            33

       (2)      Any such patient is taken to have been detained in the facility under              34
                section 19 when the authorised medical officer takes action to detain the          35
                patient.                                                                           36




                                                                                       Page 7
Clause 11         Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 2         Voluntary admission to facilities




11    Review of decisions made by authorised medical officer to refuse or                    1
      discharge voluntary patient (cf 1990 Act, s 19)                                        2

         (1)   This section applies to a decision made under this Chapter by an              3
               authorised medical officer (other than a medical superintendent) to           4
               refuse a person admission to a mental health facility as a voluntary          5
               patient or to discharge a person as a voluntary patient.                      6

         (2)   The person affected by a decision may apply to the medical                    7
               superintendent for a review of the decision.                                  8

         (3)   The medical superintendent must review a decision as soon as                  9
               practicable after receiving an application for its review and may confirm    10
               the decision, admit or discharge the person as a voluntary patient or take   11
               any other action under this Act that the medical superintendent thinks       12
               fit.                                                                         13




Page 8
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 12
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities              Chapter 3
Requirements for involuntary admission, detention and treatment            Part 1




Chapter 3           Involuntary admission and treatment in                                   1
                    and outside facilities                                                   2


Part 1       Requirements for involuntary admission,                                         3
             detention and treatment                                                         4

12    General restrictions on detention of persons                                           5

       (1)   A patient or other person must not be involuntarily admitted to, or             6
             detained in or continue to be detained in, a mental health facility unless      7
             an authorised medical officer is of the opinion that:                           8
             (a) the person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered                9
                   person, and                                                              10
             (b) no other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate and                11
                   reasonably available to the person.                                      12

       (2)   If an authorised medical officer is not of that opinion about a patient or     13
             other person at a mental health facility, the officer must refuse to detain,   14
             and must not continue to detain, the person.                                   15

       (3)   An authorised medical officer may, immediately on discharging a                16
             patient or person who has been detained in a mental health facility,           17
             admit that person as a voluntary patient.                                      18

13    Criteria for involuntary admission etc as mentally ill person or mentally             19
      disordered person (cf 1990 Act, s 8)                                                  20

             A person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person for the      21
             purpose of:                                                                    22
              (a) the involuntary admission of the person to a mental health facility       23
                    or the detention of the person in a facility under this Act, or         24
             (b) determining whether the person should be subject to a                      25
                    community treatment order or be detained or continue to be              26
                    detained involuntarily in a mental health facility,                     27
             if, and only if, the person satisfies the relevant criteria set out in this    28
             Part.                                                                          29

14    Mentally ill persons (cf 1990 Act, s 9)                                               30

       (1)   A person is a mentally ill person if the person is suffering from mental       31
             illness and, owing to that illness, there are reasonable grounds for           32
             believing that care, treatment or control of the person is necessary:          33
              (a) for the person's own protection from serious harm, or                     34
             (b) for the protection of others from serious harm.                            35




                                                                                Page 9
Clause 15       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3       Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 1          Requirements for involuntary admission, detention and treatment




      (2)    In considering whether a person is a mentally ill person, the continuing      1
             condition of the person, including any likely deterioration in the            2
             person's condition and the likely effects of any such deterioration, are      3
             to be taken into account.                                                     4

15    Mentally disordered persons (cf 1990 Act, s 10)                                      5

             A person (whether or not the person is suffering from mental illness) is      6
             a mentally disordered person if the person's behaviour for the time           7
             being is so irrational as to justify a conclusion on reasonable grounds       8
             that temporary care, treatment or control of the person is necessary:         9
              (a) for the person's own protection from serious physical harm, or          10
             (b) for the protection of others from serious physical harm.                 11

16    Certain words or conduct may not indicate mental illness or disorder (cf            12
      1990 Act, s 11)                                                                     13

      (1)    A person is not a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person        14
             merely because of any one or more of the following:                          15
             (a) the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has               16
                   expressed or refused or failed to express a particular political       17
                   opinion or belief,                                                     18
             (b) the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has               19
                   expressed or refused or failed to express a particular religious       20
                   opinion or belief,                                                     21
             (c) the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has               22
                   expressed or refused or failed to express a particular philosophy,     23
             (d) the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has               24
                   expressed or refused or failed to express a particular sexual          25
                   preference or sexual orientation,                                      26
             (e) the person engages in or refuses or fails to engage in, or has           27
                   engaged in or refused or failed to engage in, a particular political   28
                   activity,                                                              29
             (f) the person engages in or refuses or fails to engage in, or has           30
                   engaged in or refused or failed to engage in, a particular religious   31
                   activity,                                                              32
             (g) the person engages in or has engaged in a particular sexual              33
                   activity or sexual promiscuity,                                        34
             (h) the person engages in or has engaged in immoral conduct,                 35
              (i) the person engages in or has engaged in illegal conduct,                36
              (j) the person has developmental disability of mind,                        37
             (k) the person takes or has taken alcohol or any other drug,                 38




Page 10
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                  Clause 17
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities            Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities          Part 2




               (l)    the person engages in or has engaged in anti-social behaviour,       1
              (m)     the person has a particular economic or social status or is a        2
                      member of a particular cultural or racial group.                     3

       (2)    Nothing in this Part prevents, in relation to a person who takes or has      4
              taken alcohol or any other drug, the serious or permanent physiological,     5
              biochemical or psychological effects of drug taking from being               6
              regarded as an indication that a person is suffering from mental illness     7
              or other condition of disability of mind.                                    8


Part 2        Involuntary detention and treatment in mental                                9
              health facilities                                                           10


Division 1            Preliminary                                                         11

17     Definitions                                                                        12

              In this Part:                                                               13
              assessable person means a person detained in a declared mental health       14
              facility for whom a mental health inquiry is required to be held under      15
              this Part.                                                                  16
              mental health certificate means a certificate given under section 19.       17

Division 2            Admission to and initial detention in mental health                 18
                      facilities                                                          19

18     When a person may be detained in mental health facility                            20

       (1)    A person may be detained in a declared mental health facility in the        21
              following circumstances:                                                    22
               (a) on a mental health certificate given by a medical practitioner or      23
                    accredited person (see section 19),                                   24
              (b) after being brought to the facility by an ambulance officer (see        25
                    section 20),                                                          26
               (c) after being apprehended by a police officer (see section 22),          27
              (d) after an order for an examination and an examination or                 28
                    observation by a medical practitioner or accredited person (see       29
                    section 23),                                                          30
               (e) on the order of a Magistrate or authorised officer (see section 24),   31
               (f) after a transfer from another health facility (see section 25),        32
              (g) on a written request made to the authorised medical officer by a        33
                    primary carer, relative or friend of the person (see section 26).     34




                                                                             Page 11
Clause 19       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3       Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2          Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




      (2)    A person may be detained, under a provision of this Part, in a health              1
             facility that is not a declared mental health facility if it is necessary to       2
             do so to provide medical treatment or care to the person for a condition           3
             or illness other than a mental illness or other mental condition.                  4

      (3)    In this Act, a reference to taking to and detaining in a mental health             5
             facility includes, in relation to a person who is at a mental health facility,     6
             but not detained in the mental health facility in accordance with this             7
             Act, the detaining of the person in the mental health facility.                    8
             Note. A person taken to and detained in a mental health facility must be           9
             provided with certain information, including a statement of the person's rights   10
             (see section 74).                                                                 11

19    Detention on certificate of medical practitioner or accredited person (cf                12
      1990 Act, s 21)                                                                          13

      (1)    A person may be taken to and detained in a declared mental health                 14
             facility on the basis of a certificate about the person's condition issued        15
             by a medical practitioner or accredited person. The certificate is to be in       16
             the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 1.                                         17

      (2)    A mental health certificate may be given about a person only if the               18
             medical practitioner or accredited person:                                        19
             (a) has personally examined or observed the person's condition                    20
                  immediately before or shortly before completing the certificate,             21
                  and                                                                          22
             (b) is of the opinion that the person is a mentally ill person or a               23
                  mentally disordered person, and                                              24
             (c) is satisfied that no other appropriate means for dealing with the             25
                  person is reasonably available, and that involuntary admission               26
                  and detention are necessary, and                                             27
             (d) is not the primary carer or a near relative of the person.                    28

      (3)    A mental health certificate may contain a police assistance endorsement           29
             that police assistance is required if the person giving the certificate is of     30
             the opinion that there are serious concerns relating to the safety of the         31
             person or other persons if the person is taken to a mental health facility        32
             without the assistance of a police officer. The endorsement is to be in           33
             the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 1.                                         34

      (4)    A mental health certificate may not be used to admit or detain a person           35
             in a facility:                                                                    36
              (a) in the case of a person certified to be a mentally ill person, more          37
                    than 5 days after it is given, or                                          38
             (b) in the case of a person certified to be a mentally disordered                 39
                    person, more than one day after it is given.                               40




Page 12
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 20
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities                Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities              Part 2




       (5)    In this section:                                                                  1
              near relative of a person means a parent, brother, sister, child or spouse        2
              of the person and any other person prescribed for the purposes of this            3
              definition.                                                                       4

20     Detention on information of ambulance officer                                            5

       (1)    An ambulance officer who provides ambulance services in relation to a             6
              person may take the person to a declared mental health facility if the            7
              officer believes on reasonable grounds that the person appears to be              8
              mentally ill or mentally disturbed and that it would be beneficial to the         9
              person's welfare to be dealt with in accordance with this Act.                   10

       (2)    An ambulance officer may request police assistance if of the opinion             11
              that there are serious concerns relating to the safety of the person or          12
              other persons if the person is taken to a mental health facility without         13
              the assistance of a police officer.                                              14

21     Police assistance                                                                       15

       (1)    A police officer to whose notice a police assistance endorsement on a            16
              mental health certificate, or a request for assistance by an ambulance           17
              officer under this Division, is brought must, if practicable:                    18
              (a) apprehend and take or assist in taking the person the subject of the         19
                     certificate or request to a declared mental health facility, or           20
              (b) cause or make arrangements for some other police officer to do               21
                     so.                                                                       22

       (2)    A police officer may enter premises to apprehend a person under this             23
              section, and may apprehend any such person, without a warrant and                24
              may exercise any powers conferred by section 81 on a person who is               25
              authorised under that section to take a person to a mental health facility       26
              or another health facility.                                                      27
              Note. Section 81 sets out the persons who may take a person to a mental health   28
              facility and their powers when doing so.                                         29

22     Detention after apprehension by police (cf 1990 Act, s 24)                              30

       (1)    A police officer who, in any place, finds a person who appears to be             31
              mentally ill or mentally disturbed may apprehend the person and take             32
              the person to a declared mental health facility if the officer believes on       33
              reasonable grounds that:                                                         34
               (a) the person is committing or has recently committed an offence or            35
                    that the person has recently attempted to kill himself or herself or       36
                    that it is probable that the person will attempt to kill himself or        37
                    herself or any other person or attempt to cause serious physical           38
                    harm to himself or herself or any other person, and                        39




                                                                                  Page 13
Clause 23          Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3          Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2             Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




             (b)      it would be beneficial to the person's welfare to be dealt with in    1
                                                                                            2
                      accordance with this Act, rather than otherwise in accordance
                                                                                            3
                      with law.
                                                                                            4
      (2)    A police officer may apprehend a person under this section without a
                                                                                            5
             warrant and may exercise any powers conferred by section 81 on a
                                                                                            6
             person who is authorised under that section to take a person to a mental
                                                                                            7
             health facility or another health facility.
                                                                                            8
23    Detention after order for medical examination or observation (cf 1990
                                                                                            9
      Act, s 27)
                                                                                           10
      (1)    A Magistrate or authorised officer may, by order, authorise a medical
                                                                                           11
             practitioner or accredited person to visit and to personally examine or
                                                                                           12
             personally observe a person to ascertain whether a mental health
                                                                                           13
             certificate should be issued for the person.
                                                                                           14
      (2)    An order may be made if the Magistrate or officer is satisfied, by
                                                                                           15
             evidence on oath, that:
                                                                                           16
             (a) the person may be a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered
                                                                                           17
                   person, and
                                                                                           18
             (b) because of physical inaccessibility, the person could not
                                                                                           19
                   otherwise be personally examined or personally observed.
                                                                                           20
      (3)    The order may also authorise any other person (including a police
                                                                                           21
             officer) who may be required to assist the medical practitioner or
                                                                                           22
             accredited person to accompany the medical practitioner or accredited
                                                                                           23
             person.
                                                                                           24
      (4)    A person authorised to visit a person or accompany another person may
                                                                                           25
             enter premises, if need be by force, in order to enable the examination
                                                                                           26
             or observation to be carried out.
                                                                                           27
      (5)    A person who is examined or observed under this section may be
                                                                                           28
             detained in accordance with section 19.
                                                                                           29
      (6)    A person who takes action under an order must, as soon as practicable
                                                                                           30
             after taking the action, notify the person who made the order in writing
                                                                                           31
             of the action.
                                                                                           32
      (7)    In this section:
                                                                                           33
             authorised officer means an authorised officer within the meaning of
                                                                                           34
             the Criminal Procedure Act 1986.
                                                                                           35
24    Detention on order of Magistrate or bail officer (cf 1990 Act, s 25)
                                                                                           36
             A person may be taken to and detained in a declared mental health
                                                                                           37
             facility in accordance with an order made under section 33 of the Mental
                                                                                           38
             Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990.



Page 14
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                     Clause 25
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities               Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities             Part 2




25     Detention after transfer from another health facility                                  1
                                                                                              2
       (1)    A person may be transferred from a health facility to a declared mental
                                                                                              3
              health facility and detained in the mental health facility if a medical
                                                                                              4
              officer of the health facility, or the authorised medical officer of the
                                                                                              5
              mental health facility, considers the person to be a mentally ill person or
                                                                                              6
              a mentally disordered person.
                                                                                              7
       (2)    Any such person is taken to have been detained in the declared mental
                                                                                              8
              health facility under section 19 when the person is transferred to the
                                                                                              9
              facility.
                                                                                             10
26     Detention on request of primary carer, relative or friend (cf 1990 Act, s 23)
                                                                                             11
       (1)    A person may be detained in a declared mental health facility on a
                                                                                             12
              written request made to the authorised medical officer by the primary
                                                                                             13
              carer or a relative or friend of the person.
                                                                                             14
       (2)    An authorised medical officer must not detain any such person unless
                                                                                             15
              the officer is satisfied that, because of the distance required in order for
                                                                                             16
              the person to be examined and the urgency of the circumstances, it is not
                                                                                             17
              reasonably practicable to have the person detained on the basis of a
                                                                                             18
              mental health certificate.
                                                                                             19
27     Steps for medical examination requirements for ongoing detention in
                                                                                             20
       mental health facility
                                                                                             21
              The following steps must be taken in relation to a person who is
                                                                                             22
              detained in a mental health facility under this Division:
                                                                                             23
              (a) Step 1 Initial examination by authorised medical officer
                                                                                             24
                    An authorised medical officer must examine the person as soon
                                                                                             25
                    as practicable (but not later than 12 hours) after the person arrives
                                                                                             26
                    at the facility or after the person is detained after being a
                                                                                             27
                    voluntary patient.
                                                                                             28
                    The person must not be detained after the examination unless the
                                                                                             29
                    officer certifies that, in the officer's opinion, the person is a
                                                                                             30
                    mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person.
                                                                                             31
              (b) Step 2 Examination by second medical practitioner
                                                                                             32
                    The authorised medical officer must cause the person to be
                                                                                             33
                    examined by another medical practitioner as soon as possible
                                                                                             34
                    after giving the certificate in step 1. The second examiner must
                                                                                             35
                    be a psychiatrist if the authorised medical officer is not a
                                                                                             36
                    psychiatrist.
                                                                                             37
                    The second examiner must notify the authorised medical officer
                                                                                             38
                    in the form prescribed by the regulations if of the opinion that the
                                                                                             39
                    person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person or
                                                                                             40
                    if not able to form such an opinion.


                                                                                Page 15
Clause 28      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2         Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




            (c)   Step 3 Examination by third medical practitioner if second               1
                  examiner does not find person to be mentally ill or mentally             2
                  disordered                                                               3
                  If the second examiner is not of the opinion that the person is a        4
                  mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person, the                 5
                  authorised medical officer must cause the person to be examined          6
                  by a medical practitioner who is a psychiatrist, as soon as              7
                  practicable after being notified of that opinion.                        8
                  The third examiner must notify the authorised medical officer in         9
                  the form prescribed by the regulations if of the opinion that the       10
                  person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person.        11
            (d)   Step 4 Mental health inquiry or discharge                               12
                  An authorised medical officer must bring the person before a            13
                  Magistrate for a mental health inquiry if:                              14
                   (i) the person is found to be a mentally ill person by an              15
                          authorised medical officer on initial examination in step 1,    16
                          and to be a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered        17
                          person on examination in step 2 or step 3, or                   18
                  (ii) the person is found to be a mentally disordered person by          19
                          an authorised medical officer on initial examination in step    20
                          1, and to be a mentally ill person on examination in step 2     21
                          or step 3.                                                      22
                  The person must be brought before a Magistrate as soon as               23
                  practicable after the authorised medical officer is notified of the     24
                  relevant finding of the second or third examiner.                       25
                  If the third examiner does not find that the person is a mentally ill   26
                  person or a mentally disordered person, the person must not be          27
                  detained after the third examination.                                   28
            (e)   Step 5 Mentally disordered persons                                      29
                  If a person is found to be a mentally disordered person by an           30
                  authorised medical officer on initial examination in step 1, and is     31
                  found to be a mentally disordered person on examination in step         32
                  2 or step 3, the person may be detained in the mental health            33
                  facility as a mentally disordered person.                               34

28    Obligations of examining medical practitioners                                      35

      (1)   An authorised medical officer or other medical practitioner who               36
            examines a person detained in a mental health facility under this             37
            Division may take into account his or her own observations and any            38
            other available evidence that he or she considers reliable and relevant in    39
            forming an opinion as to whether the person is a mentally ill person or       40
            a mentally disordered person.                                                 41




Page 16
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 29
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities              Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities            Part 2




       (2)     A medical practitioner on whose certificate or request a person has been      1
               admitted to a mental health facility must not examine the person under        2
               section 27.                                                                   3

29     Treatment of persons detained in mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act,               4
       s 31)                                                                                 5

               A person who authorises the administration of any medication to a             6
               person detained in a mental health facility under this Division:              7
               (a) must have due regard to the possible effects of the administration        8
                     of the medication, and                                                  9
               (b) must prescribe the minimum medication, consistent with proper            10
                     care, to ensure that the person is not prevented from                  11
                     communicating adequately with any other person who may be              12
                     engaged to represent the person at a mental health inquiry.            13

30     Assessable persons may be reclassified as voluntary patients (cf 1990                14
       Act, s 54)                                                                           15

               An authorised medical officer may classify an assessable person as a         16
               voluntary patient at any time before a mental health inquiry is held         17
               about the person, but only if:                                               18
               (a) the authorised medical officer is of the opinion that the person is      19
                     likely to benefit from care or treatment as a voluntary patient, and   20
               (b) the patient agrees to be so classified or, if the person is a person     21
                     under guardianship or is under the age of 14 years, the person is      22
                     admitted in accordance with the procedures under this Act              23
                     applicable to admitting any such person as a voluntary patient.        24

31     Limited detention of mentally disordered persons (cf 1990 Act, s 35)                 25

       (1)     A person detained as a mentally disordered person under step 5 in            26
               section 27 (e) must not be detained in a mental health facility for a        27
               continuous period of more than 3 days (not including weekends and            28
               public holidays).                                                            29

       (2)     If an authorised medical officer of a mental health facility is of the       30
               opinion that an assessable person has ceased to be a mentally ill person     31
               but is a mentally disordered person, the person must not be further          32
               detained in the facility for a continuous period of more than 3 days (not    33
               including weekends and public holidays).                                     34

       (3)     An authorised medical officer must examine a mentally disordered             35
               person detained in a mental health facility at least once every 24 hours.    36

       (4)     The person must not be further detained in the mental health facility if,    37
               on any such examination, the authorised medical officer is of the            38
               opinion that the person is not a mentally disordered person or a mentally    39




                                                                               Page 17
Clause 32      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2         Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




            ill person or that other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate and     1
            reasonably available to the person.                                             2

      (5)   A person must not be admitted to and detained in a mental health facility       3
            on the grounds that the person is a mentally disordered person on more          4
            than 3 occasions in any 1 calendar month.                                       5

32    Limited further detention of persons taken to facility by police or after             6
      Magistrate's or bail officer's order (cf 1990 Act, ss 36, 37, 37A)                    7

      (1)   This section applies to a person detained in a mental health facility           8
            under this Part who is required not to be detained or further detained in       9
            the facility and who was taken to the facility:                                10
             (a) by a police officer under this Division after being apprehended by        11
                   a police officer because the officer believed the person to be          12
                   committing or to have recently committed an offence, or                 13
            (b) on the order of a Magistrate or an authorised officer under section        14
                   33 of the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990.                  15

      (2)   An authorised medical officer must release the person into the custody         16
            of any police officer who is present at the mental health facility to          17
            ascertain the results of any examination or examinations of the person.        18

      (3)   If a police officer is not so present when the authorised medical officer      19
            becomes aware that the person must not be detained or further detained,        20
            the authorised medical officer must, as soon as practicable, notify a          21
            police officer at the appropriate police station that the person will not be   22
            further detained.                                                              23

      (4)   The authorised medical officer may take any of the following actions in        24
            relation to a person (other than a person referred to in subsection (5)),      25
            after considering any matter communicated by a police officer as to the        26
            intended apprehension of the person by a police officer:                       27
             (a) detain the person for a period not exceeding one hour pending the         28
                   person's apprehension by a police officer,                              29
            (b) admit the person in accordance with this Act as a voluntary                30
                   patient,                                                                31
             (c) discharge the person, in so far as it may be possible to do so, into      32
                   the care of the person's primary carer,                                 33
            (d) discharge the person.                                                      34

      (5)   If the person is a person ordered to be brought back before a court under      35
            section 33 (1) (b) of the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990:         36
             (a) it is the duty of the police officer notified by the authorised           37
                    medical officer to ensure that a police officer attends the mental     38




Page 18
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                       Clause 33
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities                 Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities               Part 2




                      health facility and apprehends the person as soon as practicable           1
                      after notification, and                                                    2
               (b)    the authorised medical officer must detain the person pending the          3
                      person's apprehension by a police officer.                                 4

       (6)    A police officer may apprehend a person under this section without a               5
              warrant.                                                                           6

33     Actions may be delayed because of other illnesses or conditions                           7

              Despite any other provision of this Act, an authorised medical officer is          8
              not required:                                                                      9
              (a) to take or complete a step referred to in section 27, or                      10
              (b) to bring a person before a Magistrate for a mental health inquiry,            11
              while the person is suffering from a condition or illness other than a            12
              mental illness or other mental condition and is not, in the officer's             13
              opinion, fit to be the subject of the proposed action due to the                  14
              seriousness of the person's condition or illness.                                 15

Division 3            Continuing detention in mental health facilities                          16

34     Mental health inquiries to be held                                                       17

       (1)    A Magistrate is to hold an inquiry about an assessable person brought             18
              before the Magistrate under step 4 in section 27 (d).                             19
              Note. Section 27 sets out the events that result in a mental health inquiry.      20
              Notice of the inquiry is to be given to the person concerned and primary carers   21
              in accordance with section 76.                                                    22

       (2)    An authorised medical officer of the mental health facility in which an           23
              assessable person is detained must:                                               24
              (a) ensure that, as far as practicable, a person brought before the               25
                    Magistrate is dressed in street clothes, and                                26
              (b) make all necessary arrangements to ensure that all appropriate                27
                    medical witnesses appear before the Magistrate and other                    28
                    relevant medical evidence concerning the person is placed before            29
                    the Magistrate.                                                             30

       (3)    Schedule 2 has effect with respect to mental health inquiries.                    31

35     Purpose and findings of mental health inquiries (cf 1990 Act, ss 50-52)                  32

       (1)    A Magistrate holding a mental health inquiry is to determine whether or           33
              not, on the balance of probabilities, the assessable person is a mentally         34
              ill person.                                                                       35




                                                                                   Page 19
Clause 36      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2         Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




      (2)   For that purpose, the Magistrate is to do the following:                         1
            (a) consider the reports and recommendations of the authorised                   2
                  medical officer and other medical practitioners who examined               3
                  the person under section 27 after the person's detention,                  4
            (b) consider any other information before the Magistrate,                        5
            (c) inquire about the administration of any medication to the person             6
                  and take account of its effect on the person's ability to                  7
                  communicate,                                                               8
            (d) have due regard to any cultural factors relating to the person that          9
                  may be relevant to the determination,                                     10
            (e) have due regard to any evidence given at the inquiry by an expert           11
                  witness concerning the person's cultural background and its               12
                  relevance to any question of mental illness.                              13

      (3)   A Magistrate who is not satisfied, on the balance of probabilities, that        14
            an assessable person is a mentally ill person must order that the person        15
            be discharged from the mental health facility.                                  16

      (4)   The Magistrate may defer the operation of an order for the discharge of         17
            a person for a period of up to 14 days, if the Magistrate thinks it is in the   18
            best interests of the person to do so.                                          19

      (5)   A Magistrate who is satisfied, on the balance of probabilities, that an         20
            assessable person is a mentally ill person may make any of the                  21
            following orders:                                                               22
             (a) an order that the person be discharged into the care of the                23
                  person's primary carer,                                                   24
            (b) a community treatment order,                                                25
             (c) an order that the person be detained in or admitted to and detained        26
                  in a specified mental health facility for further observation or          27
                  treatment, or both, as an involuntary patient, for a specified            28
                  period of up to 3 months, if the Magistrate is of the opinion that        29
                  no other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate and               30
                  reasonably available or that for any other reason it is not               31
                  appropriate to make any other order under this subsection.                32

36    Contempt of mental health inquiry (cf 1990 Act, s 291)                                33

            A person must not refuse, neglect or for any reason fail to obey or             34
            comply with an order, direction, decision or determination of a                 35
            Magistrate under this Act.                                                      36
            Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                              37




Page 20
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 37
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities              Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities            Part 2




37     Reviews of involuntary patients by Tribunal                                           1
       (1)    The Tribunal must review the case of each involuntary patient as               2
              follows:                                                                       3
               (a) at the end of the patient's initial period of detention as a result of    4
                    a mental health inquiry,                                                 5
              (b) at least once every 3 months for the first 12 months the person is         6
                    an involuntary patient,                                                  7
               (c) at least once every 6 months while the person is an involuntary           8
                    patient after the first 12 months of detention.                          9

       (2)    An authorised medical officer must cause an involuntary patient to be         10
              brought before the Tribunal as soon as practicable before the end of the      11
              initial period of detention, if it appears to the officer that the person     12
              should continue to be detained.                                               13

       (3)    The authorised medical officer must ensure that, as far as practicable, a     14
              person brought before the Tribunal is dressed in street clothes.              15

       (4)    Despite subsection (1) (c), the Tribunal may review the case of an            16
              involuntary patient at intervals of up to 12 months if it is of the opinion   17
              that it is appropriate to do so.                                              18

38     Purpose and findings of reviews of involuntary patients                              19

       (1)    The Tribunal is, on a review of an involuntary patient, to determine          20
              whether the patient is a mentally ill person for whom no other care           21
              (other than care in a mental health facility) is appropriate and              22
              reasonably available.                                                         23

       (2)    For that purpose, the Tribunal is to do the following:                        24
              (a) consider any information before it,                                       25
              (b) inquire about the administration of any medication to the patient         26
                    and take account of its effect on the patient's ability to              27
                    communicate.                                                            28

       (3)    If the Tribunal determines that the patient is not a mentally ill person,     29
              the patient must be discharged from the mental health facility in which       30
              the patient is detained.                                                      31

       (4)    If the Tribunal determines that the patient is a mentally ill person and      32
              that no other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate and reasonably   33
              available to the patient, the Tribunal must make an order that the patient    34
              continue to be detained as an involuntary patient in a mental health          35
              facility for further observation or treatment, or both.                       36

       (5)    In any other case that the Tribunal determines that a patient is a mentally   37
              ill person, it must make an order that the patient be discharged from the     38




                                                                               Page 21
Clause 39          Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3          Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2             Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




             mental health facility in which the patient is detained and may make a          1
             community treatment order.                                                      2

      (6)    The Tribunal may defer the operation of an order for the discharge of a         3
             patient for a period of up to 14 days, if the Tribunal thinks it is in the      4
             best interests of the patient to do so.                                         5

      (7)    An order made by the Tribunal under this section is to be in the form           6
             approved by the Minister.                                                       7

39    Medical examination of involuntary patients (cf 1990 Act, s 61)                        8

      (1)    An authorised medical officer must medically examine each                       9
             involuntary patient of the mental health facility, or cause each               10
             involuntary patient to be medically examined, to determine whether the         11
             patient's continued detention in the facility is necessary.                    12

      (2)    The medical examinations are to be carried out at intervals of not more        13
             than 3 months.                                                                 14

40    Re-classification of involuntary patients as voluntary patients (cf 1990              15
      Act, s 64)                                                                            16

      (1)    An authorised medical officer may classify an involuntary patient as a         17
             voluntary patient of the mental health facility at any time.                   18

      (2)    A patient may be so classified only if:                                        19
             (a) the authorised medical officer is of the opinion that the patient is       20
                   likely to benefit from care or treatment as a voluntary patient, and     21
             (b) the patient agrees to be so classified or, if the patient is a person      22
                   under guardianship, the patient is admitted in accordance with the       23
                   procedures under this Act applicable to admitting such persons as        24
                   voluntary patients.                                                      25

      (3)    Without limiting subsection (1), a person who is discharged as an              26
             involuntary patient may be admitted as a voluntary patient immediately         27
             on discharge.                                                                  28
             Note. For additional circumstances when a patient or person must be released   29
             from a mental health facility, see section 12.                                 30

41    Discharge on making of community treatment order (cf 1990 Act, s 132)                 31

      (1)    An authorised medical officer must discharge a patient or person who is        32
             detained in a mental health facility when a community treatment order          33
             is made about the patient or person and any order authorising the              34
             patient's or person's detention ceases to have effect.                         35

      (2)    This section does not prevent an affected person subject to a community        36
             treatment order from being admitted to or detained in a mental health          37
             facility.                                                                      38




Page 22
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                       Clause 42
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities                 Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities               Part 2




42     Discharge of involuntary patients on own application (cf 1990 Act, s 67)                  1
       (1)    An involuntary patient of a mental health facility or another person               2
              detained in a mental health facility may make an application to the                3
              authorised medical officer to be discharged.                                       4

       (2)    The authorised medical officer may discharge the patient or person.                5
              Note. The authorised medical officer may also classify a patient as a voluntary    6
              patient (see section 40).                                                          7

43     Discharge of involuntary patients on application of primary carer (cf                     8
       1990 Act, s 68)                                                                           9

       (1)    The primary carer of an involuntary patient or another person detained            10
              in a mental health facility may, at any time, apply to an authorised              11
              medical officer of the mental health facility for the discharge of the            12
              patient or person.                                                                13

       (2)    The authorised medical officer may discharge the patient or person if:            14
              (a) the applicant gives the authorised medical officer a written                  15
                    undertaking that the patient or person will be properly taken care          16
                    of, and                                                                     17
              (b) the authorised medical officer is satisfied that adequate measures            18
                    will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be taken to prevent the          19
                    patient or person from causing harm to himself or herself or                20
                    others.                                                                     21

44     Appeals against discharge refusals (cf 1990 Act, ss 69, 70)                              22

       (1)    An involuntary patient or person detained at a mental health facility (the        23
              applicant) who applies to be discharged, or a person who applies for the          24
              discharge of the applicant, or a person appointed by the applicant, may           25
              appeal to the Tribunal if:                                                        26
              (a) the authorised medical officer refuses the application, or                    27
              (b) the authorised medical officer fails to determine the application             28
                    within 3 working days after it is made.                                     29

       (2)    An appeal may be made orally or in writing and is to be made in                   30
              accordance with the regulations.                                                  31

       (3)    The authorised medical officer must provide the Tribunal with a report            32
              about the applicant, including the officer's reasons for refusing to              33
              discharge the applicant or failing to determine the application.                  34

       (4)    For the purpose of determining an appeal, the Tribunal has and may                35
              exercise the functions of the authorised medical officer with respect to          36
              the discharge application and may make an order accordingly.                      37




                                                                                   Page 23
Clause 45       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3       Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 2          Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities




      (5)    In addition, the Tribunal may determine that no further right of appeal            1
             may be exercised under this section before the date on which the person            2
             is next reviewed by the Tribunal under this Act, if it thinks it appropriate       3
             to do so, having regard to the following:                                          4
              (a) the interval between the last determination under this Act that the           5
                    applicant was a mentally ill person and the date of the appeal,             6
             (b) the frequency of appeals under this section made by or on behalf               7
                    of the applicant,                                                           8
              (c) the last report about the applicant by the authorised medical                 9
                    officer under this section,                                                10
             (d) any other matter the Tribunal considers relevant.                             11

45    Review and discharge of absent patients (cf 1990 Act, ss 72, 73)                         12

      (1)    An authorised medical officer must review the mental health and                   13
             welfare of a patient or person detained in a mental health facility under         14
             this Act who is absent from the mental health facility with permission if         15
             the absence is for a continuous period of more than 28 days.                      16

      (2)    The authorised medical officer must discharge the patient or person               17
             following the review unless the officer is of the opinion that further            18
             detention of the patient or person in the facility is necessary.                  19

      (3)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility must discharge          20
             a patient or person detained in the facility under this Act who is absent         21
             from the mental health facility for a single period exceeding 12 months.          22

Division 4          Leave of absence from mental health facilities                             23

46    Application of Division                                                                  24

             This Division applies to an involuntary patient or a person who is                25
             detained in a mental health facility but does not apply to a forensic             26
             patient.                                                                          27

47    Leave of absence on compassionate grounds, medical grounds or other                      28
      grounds                                                                                  29

      (1)    An authorised medical officer may permit a person to be absent from a             30
             mental health facility for the period, and on the conditions, that the            31
             officer thinks fit.                                                               32

      (2)    Permission may be given on compassionate grounds, on the ground that              33
             medical treatment is required or on any other ground the authorised               34
             medical officer thinks fit.                                                       35
             Note. A person may also be transferred from a mental health facility to another   36
             health facility on medical grounds (see section 80).                              37




Page 24
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 48
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities              Chapter 3
Involuntary detention and treatment in mental health facilities            Part 2




       (3)    An authorised medical officer may not grant leave of absence unless the        1
              officer is satisfied that, as far as is practicable, adequate measures have    2
              been taken to prevent the person concerned from causing harm to                3
              himself or herself or others.                                                  4

48     Apprehension of persons not permitted to be absent from mental health                 5
       facility (cf 1990 Act, ss 75, 76)                                                     6

       (1)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility may apprehend        7
              a person, or direct a person to be apprehended, if:                            8
              (a) the person fails to return to the facility on or before the expiry of      9
                    a permitted period of absence granted under this Part or fails to       10
                    comply with a condition of the permission, or                           11
              (b) the person absents himself or herself from the facility otherwise         12
                    than in accordance with this Act.                                       13

       (2)    The person may be apprehended by any of the following persons:                14
              (a) an authorised medical officer or any other suitably qualified             15
                    person employed at the mental health facility,                          16
              (b) a police officer,                                                         17
              (c) a person authorised by the Minister or the authorised medical             18
                    officer,                                                                19
              (d) a person assisting a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c).     20

       (3)    A person who is apprehended is to be conveyed to and detained in the          21
              mental health facility from which the person absented himself or              22
              herself.                                                                      23

49     Police assistance                                                                    24

       (1)    An authorised medical officer may request that a police officer               25
              apprehend, or assist in apprehending, a person under this Division if the     26
              officer is of the opinion that there are serious concerns relating to the     27
              safety of the person or other persons if the person is taken to a mental      28
              health facility without the assistance of a police officer.                   29

       (2)    A police officer to whose notice any such request is brought may:             30
              (a) apprehend and take or assist in taking the person to the mental           31
                    health facility from which the person absented himself or herself,      32
                    or                                                                      33
              (b) cause or make arrangements for some other police officer to do            34
                    so.                                                                     35

       (3)    A police officer may enter premises to apprehend a person under this          36
              section or section 48, and may apprehend any such person, without a           37
              warrant and may exercise any powers conferred under section 81 on a           38




                                                                               Page 25
Clause 50       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3       Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 3          Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities




             person who is authorised under that section to take a person to a mental          1
             health facility or another health facility.                                       2
             Note. Section 81 sets out the persons who may take a person to a mental health    3
             facility and their powers when doing so.                                          4


Part 3       Involuntary treatment outside mental health                                       5
             facilities                                                                        6


Division 1          Applications for and making of community                                   7
                    treatment orders                                                           8

50    Definitions                                                                              9

             In this Part:                                                                    10
             affected person means a person for whom a community treatment order              11
             has been applied for or made.                                                    12
             breach notice--see section 58 (3).                                               13
             breach order--see section 58 (4).                                                14
             director of community treatment of a mental health facility means a              15
             person appointed under section 113 as the director of community                  16
             treatment of the mental health facility.                                         17
             psychiatric case manager means an officer or an employee of a                    18
             declared mental health facility who is appointed under section 114 as            19
             the psychiatric case manager of an affected person.                              20
             treatment plan--see section 54.                                                  21

51    Community treatment orders                                                              22

      (1)    A community treatment order authorising the compulsory treatment in              23
             the community of a person may be made by the Tribunal or a                       24
             Magistrate.                                                                      25
             Note. Section 56 sets out the matters to be included in community treatment      26
             orders.                                                                          27

      (2)    The following persons may apply for a community treatment order for              28
             the treatment of a person:                                                       29
              (a) the authorised medical officer of a mental health facility in which         30
                    the affected person is detained or is a patient under this Act,           31
             (b) a medical practitioner who is familiar with the clinical history of          32
                    the affected person,                                                      33
              (c) any other person prescribed by the regulations.                             34




Page 26
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                   Clause 52
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities             Chapter 3
Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities                    Part 3




       (3)    An application may be made about a person who is detained in or a             1
                                                                                            2
              patient in a mental health facility or a person who is not in a mental
                                                                                            3
              health facility.
                                                                                            4
       (4)    An application may be made about a person who is subject to a current
                                                                                            5
              community treatment order.
                                                                                            6
       (5)    A community treatment order may be made in the following
                                                                                            7
              circumstances and may replace an existing order:
                                                                                            8
              (a) following a mental health inquiry,
                                                                                            9
              (b) on a review of a patient by the Tribunal,
                                                                                           10
              (c) on an application otherwise being made to the Tribunal.
                                                                                           11
52     Notice of applications
                                                                                           12
       (1)    The applicant for a community treatment order must notify the affected
                                                                                           13
              person in writing of the application.
                                                                                           14
       (2)    The notice of the application is to include a copy of the proposed
                                                                                           15
              treatment plan for the affected person.
                                                                                           16
       (3)    If the affected person is not detained in a mental health facility, the
                                                                                           17
              notice must be given not less than 14 days before the application is
                                                                                           18
              heard.
                                                                                           19
53     Determination of applications for community treatment orders
                                                                                           20
       (1)    A Magistrate or the Tribunal is, on an application for a community
                                                                                           21
              treatment order, to determine whether the affected person is a mentally
                                                                                           22
              ill person who should be subject to the order.
                                                                                           23
       (2)    For that purpose, the Magistrate or Tribunal is to consider the following:
                                                                                           24
              (a) a treatment plan for the affected person proposed by the declared
                                                                                           25
                     mental health facility that is to implement the proposed order,
                                                                                           26
              (b) if the affected person is subject to an existing community
                                                                                           27
                     treatment order, a report by the psychiatric case manager of the
                                                                                           28
                     person as to the efficacy of that order,
                                                                                           29
              (c) a report as to the efficacy of any previous community treatment
                                                                                           30
                     order for the affected person,
                                                                                           31
              (d) any other information placed before the Magistrate or Tribunal.
                                                                                           32
       (3)    The Magistrate or Tribunal may make a community treatment order for
                                                                                           33
              an affected person if the Magistrate or Tribunal determines that the
                                                                                           34
              patient is a mentally ill person and that:
                                                                                           35
              (a) no other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate and
                                                                                           36
                    reasonably available to the person and that the affected person



                                                                              Page 27
Clause 54      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 3         Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities




                  would benefit from the order as the least restrictive alternative     1
                  consistent with safe and effective care, and                          2
            (b)   a declared mental health facility has an appropriate treatment        3
                  plan for the affected person and is capable of implementing it,       4
                  and                                                                   5
            (c)   if the affected person has been previously diagnosed as suffering     6
                  from a mental illness, the affected person has a previous history     7
                  of refusing to accept appropriate treatment.                          8

      (4)   For the purposes of this section, a person has a previous history of        9
            refusing to accept appropriate treatment if the following are satisfied:   10
            (a) the affected person has previously refused to accept appropriate       11
                  treatment,                                                           12
            (b) when appropriate treatment has been refused, there has been a          13
                  relapse into an active phase of mental illness,                      14
            (c) the relapse has been followed by mental or physical deterioration      15
                  justifying involuntary admission to a mental health facility         16
                  (whether or not there has been such an admission),                   17
            (d) care and treatment following involuntary admission resulted, or        18
                  could have resulted, in an amelioration of, or recovery from, the    19
                  debilitating symptoms of a mental illness or the short-term          20
                  prevention of deterioration in the mental or physical condition of   21
                  the affected person.                                                 22

      (5)   The Tribunal or Magistrate must not specify a period longer than           23
            12 months as the period for which a community treatment order is in        24
            force.                                                                     25

      (6)   In determining the duration of a community treatment order, the            26
            Tribunal or Magistrate must take into account the estimated time           27
            required:                                                                  28
             (a) to stabilise the condition of the affected person, and                29
            (b) to establish, or re-establish, a therapeutic relationship between      30
                  the person and the person's psychiatric case manager.                31

54    Requirements for treatment plans under community treatment orders                32

            A treatment plan for an affected person is to consist of the following:    33
            (a) in general terms, an outline of the proposed treatment,                34
                  counselling, management, rehabilitation or other services to be      35
                  provided to implement the community treatment order,                 36
            (b) in specific terms, the method by which, the frequency with             37
                  which, and the place at which, the services would be provided for    38
                  that purpose.                                                        39




Page 28
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                       Clause 55
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities                 Chapter 3
Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities                        Part 3




55     Community treatment order may be made in absence of affected person                       1
              A Magistrate or the Tribunal may make a community treatment order in               2
              the absence of the affected person, if the person has been given notice            3
              of the application under this Part.                                                4

56     Form and duration of community treatment orders                                           5

       (1)    A community treatment order is to:                                                 6
              (a) nominate the declared mental health facility that is to implement              7
                   the treatment plan for the affected person, and                               8
              (b) require the affected person to be present, at the reasonable times             9
                   and places specified in the order to receive the medication and              10
                   therapy, counselling, management, rehabilitation and other                   11
                   services provided in accordance with the treatment plan.                     12

       (2)    A community treatment order ceases to have effect at the end of the               13
              period specified in the order or, if no period is specified, 12 months after      14
              the order is made.                                                                15
              Note. Section 53 (5) specifies that the maximum period for an order is to be 12   16
              months.                                                                           17

       (3)    A community treatment order has no effect while an affected person is             18
              detained in a mental health facility (otherwise than under this Part), or         19
              is a voluntary patient.                                                           20

       (4)    The time for which a community treatment order is in force does not               21
              cease to run during any period in which this section provides that it has         22
              no effect.                                                                        23
              Note. The Tribunal may vary or revoke a community treatment order in              24
              accordance with section 65.                                                       25

Division 2           Operation of community treatment orders                                    26

57     Duties and functions of affected person and mental health facility (cf                   27
       1990 Act, ss 145, 146)                                                                   28

       (1)    The affected person must comply with the community treatment order.               29

       (2)    The director of community treatment of the declared mental health                 30
              facility implementing a treatment plan under a community treatment                31
              order may take all reasonable steps to have medication administered,              32
              and services provided, in accordance with the order.                              33

       (3)    Medication may be administered to an affected person for the purposes             34
              of a community treatment order without the person's consent if it is              35
              administered without the use of more force than would be required if the          36
              person had consented to its administration.                                       37




                                                                                   Page 29
Clause 58      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 3         Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities




      (4)   The director of community treatment of a declared mental health facility      1
                                                                                          2
            implementing a treatment plan under a community treatment order must
                                                                                          3
            provide to the affected person particulars of the kind and dosages of
                                                                                          4
            medication that are being administered, or have recently been
                                                                                          5
            administered, to the person, if requested to do so by:
                                                                                          6
             (a) the affected person, or
                                                                                          7
            (b) the primary carer of the affected person, or
                                                                                          8
             (c) if the affected person consents, another person who would be
                                                                                          9
                  entitled to apply for a community treatment order in relation to
                                                                                         10
                  the person.
                                                                                         11
      (5)   A person implementing a treatment plan under a community treatment
                                                                                         12
            order may enter the land (but not the dwelling) on which an affected
                                                                                         13
            person's residence is situated without the person's consent for the
                                                                                         14
            purpose of implementing the community treatment order.
                                                                                         15
58    Breach of community treatment order
                                                                                         16
      (1)   The director of community treatment of a declared mental health facility
                                                                                         17
            implementing a community treatment order must take the steps set out
                                                                                         18
            in this section if the affected person in any way refuses or fails to
                                                                                         19
            comply with the community treatment order and the director is of the
                                                                                         20
            opinion that:
                                                                                         21
             (a) the mental health facility has taken all reasonable steps to
                                                                                         22
                   implement the order, and
                                                                                         23
            (b) there is a significant risk of deterioration in the mental or physical
                                                                                         24
                   condition of the affected person.
                                                                                         25
      (2)   The director must:
                                                                                         26
            (a) make a written record of the opinions, the facts on which they are
                                                                                         27
                  based and the reasons for forming them, and
                                                                                         28
            (b) cause the affected person to be informed that any further refusal
                                                                                         29
                  to comply with the order will result in the person being taken to
                                                                                         30
                  the declared mental health facility or another appropriate mental
                                                                                         31
                  health facility and treated there.
                                                                                         32
      (3)   On a further refusal or failure by the affected person to comply with the
                                                                                         33
            community treatment order, the director may cause the person to be
                                                                                         34
            given a written notice (a breach notice):
                                                                                         35
            (a) requiring the person to accompany a member of staff of the NSW
                                                                                         36
                  Health Service employed at the declared mental health facility for
                                                                                         37
                  treatment in accordance with the order or to a specified mental
                                                                                         38
                  health facility, and
                                                                                         39
            (b) warning the person that the assistance of a police officer may be
                                                                                         40
                  obtained in order to ensure compliance with the order.


Page 30
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 59
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities                Chapter 3
Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities                       Part 3




       (4)    On the refusal or failure by the affected person to comply with a breach          1
                                                                                                2
              notice, the director may, in writing, make an order (a breach order) that
                                                                                                3
              the affected person be taken to a specified declared mental health
                                                                                                4
              facility.
                                                                                                5
59     Police assistance
                                                                                                6
       (1)    A police officer to whose notice a breach order is brought must, if
                                                                                                7
              practicable:
                                                                                                8
              (a) apprehend and take or assist in taking the person the subject of the
                                                                                                9
                     order to the mental health facility, or
                                                                                               10
              (b) cause or make arrangements for some other police officer to do
                                                                                               11
                     so.
                                                                                               12
       (2)    A police officer may enter premises to apprehend a person under this
                                                                                               13
              section, and may apprehend any such person, without a warrant and
                                                                                               14
              may exercise any powers conferred by section 81 on a person who is
                                                                                               15
              authorised under that section to take a person to a mental health facility
                                                                                               16
              or another health facility.
                                                                                               17
              Note. Section 81 sets out the persons who may take a person to a mental health
                                                                                               18
              facility and their powers when doing so.
                                                                                               19
60     Procedures at facility after breach notice or breach order
                                                                                               20
       (1)    An affected person who is at a mental health facility as a result of the
                                                                                               21
              giving of a breach notice or a breach order:
                                                                                               22
              (a) may be given treatment in accordance with the community
                                                                                               23
                    treatment order, and
                                                                                               24
              (b) may be assessed by a medical practitioner for involuntary
                                                                                               25
                    admission to a mental health facility.
                                                                                               26
       (2)    A person who is at a mental health facility as a result of a breach notice
                                                                                               27
              or breach order may be released after treatment if treatment is accepted
                                                                                               28
              or may be dealt with at the mental health facility or taken to another
                                                                                               29
              declared mental health facility if treatment is refused.
                                                                                               30
61     Review of affected person at mental health facility after breach order (cf
                                                                                               31
       1990 Act, ss 141, 142)
                                                                                               32
       (1)    This section applies to an affected person who is taken to a declared
                                                                                               33
              mental health facility on a breach order or is taken to or is at a declared
                                                                                               34
              mental health facility after refusing treatment at a mental health facility
                                                                                               35
              consequent on a breach order.
                                                                                               36
       (2)    An authorised medical officer must, not later than 12 hours after the
                                                                                               37
              person is taken to the declared mental health facility, review the affected
                                                                                               38
              person's mental condition and determine whether the person is a
                                                                                               39
              mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person.


                                                                                  Page 31
Clause 62      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 3         Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities




      (3)   The authorised medical officer may cause the person to be given                 1
                                                                                            2
            treatment in accordance with the community treatment order.
                                                                                            3
      (4)   If the authorised medical officer determines that the affected person is
                                                                                            4
            a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person for whom no other
                                                                                            5
            care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate or reasonably available, the
                                                                                            6
            person is to be detained in the declared mental health facility for further
                                                                                            7
            observation or treatment, or both.
                                                                                            8
      (5)   The affected person may be detained until one of the following events
                                                                                            9
            occurs:
                                                                                           10
            (a) in the case of a mentally ill person, the term of the community
                                                                                           11
                  treatment order ends or the person is discharged from the
                                                                                           12
                  declared mental health facility under this Act,
                                                                                           13
            (b) in the case of a mentally disordered person, the maximum period
                                                                                           14
                  for which a person may be held as such a person under Part 2
                                                                                           15
                  ends, the term of the community treatment order ends or the
                                                                                           16
                  person is discharged from the declared mental health facility
                                                                                           17
                  under this Act.
                                                                                           18
62    Discharge and detention of affected persons
                                                                                           19
      (1)   An affected person detained in a declared mental health facility under
                                                                                           20
            this Division must be discharged from the facility:
                                                                                           21
             (a) if the authorised medical officer determines that the person is not
                                                                                           22
                   a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person or is of the
                                                                                           23
                   opinion that other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate and
                                                                                           24
                   reasonably available to the person, or
                                                                                           25
            (b) if the authorised medical officer decides at any time that it is
                                                                                           26
                   appropriate to do so.
                                                                                           27
      (2)   An authorised medical officer may do all necessary things to cause a
                                                                                           28
            person to be detained in a mental health facility under Part 2 at the end
                                                                                           29
            of the term of a community treatment order if the officer considers the
                                                                                           30
            person to be a mentally ill person.
                                                                                           31
      (3)   Any such person is taken to be detained in the mental health facility
                                                                                           32
            under section 19 when the authorised medical officer takes action to
                                                                                           33
            detain the person.
                                                                                           34
63    Review by Tribunal of detained affected persons (cf 1990 Act, s 143A)
                                                                                           35
      (1)   An authorised medical officer must cause a person detained in a
                                                                                           36
            declared mental health facility under this Division to be brought before
                                                                                           37
            the Tribunal not later than 3 months after the person is detained.
                                                                                           38
      (2)   The authorised medical officer must ensure that, as far as practicable, a
                                                                                           39
            person brought before the Tribunal is dressed in street clothes.


Page 32
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 64
Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities                Chapter 3
Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities                       Part 3




       (3)    This section does not apply if the affected person's community                    1
              treatment order will end less than 3 months after the person is detained          2
              under this Division.                                                              3

64     Purpose and findings of reviews (cf 1990 Act, s 143A)                                    4

       (1)    The Tribunal is, on a review of an affected person, to determine whether          5
              the person is a mentally ill person for whom no other care (other than            6
              care in a mental health facility) is appropriate and reasonably available.        7

       (2)    For that purpose, the Tribunal is to do the following:                            8
              (a) consider any information before it,                                           9
              (b) inquire about the administration of any medication to the person             10
                    and take account of its effect on the person's ability to                  11
                    communicate.                                                               12

       (3)    If the Tribunal determines that the affected person is a mentally ill            13
              person or a mentally disordered person for whom no other care of a less          14
              restrictive kind is appropriate or reasonably available, the Tribunal must       15
              determine whether the person should be detained in the declared mental           16
              health facility until the end of the community treatment order.                  17

       (4)    If the Tribunal does not determine that the person is a mentally ill person      18
              or is of the opinion that other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate   19
              or reasonably available:                                                         20
               (a) it must make an order that the person be discharged from the                21
                      declared mental health facility in which the person is detained,         22
                      and                                                                      23
              (b) it may make any community treatment order that it could make                 24
                      on a review of an involuntary patient.                                   25

       (5)    The Tribunal may defer the operation of an order for the discharge of an         26
              affected person for a period of up to 14 days, if the Tribunal thinks it is      27
              in the best interests of the affected person to do so.                           28

       (6)    An order made by the Tribunal under this section is to be in the form            29
              approved by the Minister.                                                        30

Division 3           Revocation, variation and review of community                             31
                     treatment orders                                                          32

65     Variation or revocation of orders by Tribunal (cf 1990 Act, s 148)                      33

       (1)    The Tribunal may vary or revoke a community treatment order, on                  34
              application being made under this section.                                       35

       (2)    An application may be made by any of the following:                              36
              (a) the affected person,                                                         37




                                                                                  Page 33
Clause 66      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 3      Involuntary admission and treatment in and outside facilities
Part 3         Involuntary treatment outside mental health facilities




            (b)    the psychiatric case manager of the affected person,                 1
            (c)    any person who could have applied for the order.                     2

      (3)   An application may be made only if:                                         3
            (a) there has been a substantial or material change in the                  4
                 circumstances surrounding the making of the order, or                  5
            (b) relevant information that was not available when the order was          6
                 made has become available.                                             7

      (4)   An order may be varied only if the order, as varied, could be made in       8
            relation to the affected person.                                            9

      (5)   The regulations may make provision for or with respect to applications     10
            under this section and the orders that may be made by the Tribunal.        11

66    Revocation by director of community treatment (cf 1990 Act, s 149)               12

            The director of community treatment of a declared mental health facility   13
            implementing a treatment plan under a community treatment order may        14
            revoke a community treatment order if of the opinion that the affected     15
            person is not likely to benefit from a continuation of the order.          16

67    Appeals (cf 1990 Act, s 151)                                                     17

      (1)   The affected person under a community treatment order made by the          18
            Tribunal may at any time appeal to the Court:                              19
            (a) if the term of the order exceeds 6 months or no term is specified      20
                  in the order, against the duration of the order, or                  21
            (b) on any question of law or fact arising from the order or its           22
                  making.                                                              23

      (2)   The affected person under a community treatment order made by a            24
            Magistrate may at any time appeal to the Tribunal:                         25
            (a) if the term of the order exceeds 6 months or no term is specified      26
                 in the order, against the duration of the order, or                   27
            (b) on any question of law or fact arising from the order or its           28
                 making.                                                               29

      (3)   The regulations may make provision for or with respect to appeals to the   30
            Tribunal under this section and the orders that may be made by the         31
            Tribunal in respect of any such appeal.                                    32




Page 34
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 68
Care and treatment                                                         Chapter 4
Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers                  Part 1




Chapter 4            Care and treatment                                                      1


Part 1        Rights of patients or detained persons and                                     2

              primary carers                                                                 3


Division 1           General                                                                 4

                                                                                             5
68     Principles for care and treatment
                                                                                             6
              It is the intention of Parliament that the following principles are, as far
                                                                                             7
              as practicable, to be given effect to with respect to the care and
                                                                                             8
              treatment of people with a mental illness or mental disorder:
                                                                                             9
               (a) people with a mental illness or mental disorder should receive the
                                                                                            10
                      best possible care and treatment in the least restrictive
                                                                                            11
                      environment enabling the care and treatment to be effectively
                                                                                            12
                      given,
                                                                                            13
              (b) people with a mental illness or mental disorder should be
                                                                                            14
                      provided with timely and high quality treatment and care in
                                                                                            15
                      accordance with professionally accepted standards,
                                                                                            16
               (c) the provision of care and treatment should be designed to assist
                                                                                            17
                      people with a mental illness or mental disorder, wherever
                                                                                            18
                      possible, to live, work and participate in the community,
                                                                                            19
              (d) the prescription of medicine to a person with a mental illness or
                                                                                            20
                      mental disorder should meet the health needs of the person and
                                                                                            21
                      should be given only for therapeutic or diagnostic needs and not
                                                                                            22
                      as a punishment or for the convenience of others,
                                                                                            23
               (e) people with a mental illness or mental disorder should be
                                                                                            24
                      provided with appropriate information about treatment, treatment
                                                                                            25
                      alternatives and the effects of treatment,
                                                                                            26
               (f) any restriction on the liberty of patients and other people with a
                                                                                            27
                      mental illness or mental disorder and any interference with their
                                                                                            28
                      rights, dignity and self-respect is to be kept to the minimum
                                                                                            29
                      necessary in the circumstances,
                                                                                            30
              (g) the age-related, gender-related, religious, cultural, language and
                                                                                            31
                      other special needs of people with a mental illness or mental
                                                                                            32
                      disorder should be recognised,
                                                                                            33
              (h) every effort that is reasonably practicable should be made to
                                                                                            34
                      involve persons with a mental illness or mental disorder in the
                                                                                            35
                      development of treatment plans and plans for ongoing care,




                                                                               Page 35
Clause 69          Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4          Care and treatment
Part 1             Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers




             (i)      people with a mental illness or mental disorder should be           1
                                                                                          2
                      informed of their legal rights and other entitlements under this
                                                                                          3
                      Act and all reasonable efforts should be made to ensure the
                                                                                          4
                      information is given in the language, mode of communication or
                                                                                          5
                      terms that they are most likely to understand,
                                                                                          6
             (j)      the role of carers for people with a mental illness or mental
                                                                                          7
                      disorder and their rights to be kept informed should be given
                                                                                          8
                      effect.
                                                                                          9
69    Offence to ill-treat patients (cf 1990 Act, s 298)
                                                                                         10
            An authorised medical officer, or any other person employed at a mental
                                                                                         11
            health facility, must not wilfully strike, wound, ill-treat or neglect a
                                                                                         12
            patient or person detained at the facility.
                                                                                         13
            Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units or imprisonment for 6 months, or
                                                                                         14
            both.
                                                                                         15
70    Assistance of interpreters (cf 1990 Act, s 292)
                                                                                         16
            A medical practitioner must arrange for an interpreter to be present at a
                                                                                         17
            medical examination of a person for the purposes of this Act, if the
                                                                                         18
            person is unable to communicate adequately in English but can
                                                                                         19
            communicate adequately in another language.
                                                                                         20
71    Primary carer
                                                                                         21
      (1)   The primary carer of a person (the patient) for the purposes of this Act
                                                                                         22
            is:
                                                                                         23
             (a) the guardian of the patient, or
                                                                                         24
            (b) the parent of a patient who is a child (subject to any nomination
                                                                                         25
                  by a patient referred to in paragraph (c)), or
                                                                                         26
             (c) if the patient is over the age of 14 years and is not a person under
                                                                                         27
                  guardianship, the person nominated by the patient as the primary
                                                                                         28
                  carer under this Part under a nomination that is in force, or
                                                                                         29
            (d) if the patient is not a patient referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) or
                                                                                         30
                  there is no nomination in force as referred to in paragraph (c):
                                                                                         31
                   (i) the spouse of the patient, if any, if the relationship between
                                                                                         32
                         the patient and the spouse is close and continuing, or
                                                                                         33
                  (ii) any person who is primarily responsible for providing
                                                                                         34
                         support or care to the patient (other than wholly or
                                                                                         35
                         substantially on a commercial basis), or
                                                                                         36
                 (iii) a close friend or relative of the patient.




Page 36
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                   Clause 72
Care and treatment                                                        Chapter 4
Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers                 Part 1




       (2)    In this section:                                                              1
                                                                                            2
              close friend or relative of a patient means a friend or relative of the
                                                                                            3
              patient who maintains both a close personal relationship with the patient
                                                                                            4
              through frequent personal contact and a personal interest in the patient's
                                                                                            5
              welfare and who does not provide support to the patient wholly or
                                                                                            6
              substantially on a commercial basis.
                                                                                            7
72     Nomination of primary carer
                                                                                            8
       (1)    A person may nominate a person to be the person's primary carer for the
                                                                                            9
              purposes of this Act.
                                                                                           10
       (2)    A person may nominate persons who are excluded from being given
                                                                                           11
              notice or information about the person under this Act and may revoke
                                                                                           12
              or vary any such nomination.
                                                                                           13
       (3)    A person who is over the age of 14 years and under the age of 18 years
                                                                                           14
              may not exclude the person's parent by a nomination under
                                                                                           15
              subsection (2).
                                                                                           16
       (4)    A nomination, variation or revocation is to be made in writing and may
                                                                                           17
              be given to an authorised medical officer at the facility concerned, a
                                                                                           18
              director of community treatment or the Director-General.
                                                                                           19
       (5)    A nomination remains in force for the period prescribed by the
                                                                                           20
              regulations or until it is revoked in writing.
                                                                                           21
       (6)    An authorised medical officer or a director of community treatment is,
                                                                                           22
              in carrying out his or her functions under this Act or the regulations, to
                                                                                           23
              give effect to a nomination or a variation or revocation of a nomination,
                                                                                           24
              if notified of the nomination, variation or revocation.
                                                                                           25
       (7)    An authorised medical officer or a director of community treatment is
                                                                                           26
              not required to give effect to a nomination, or a variation or revocation
                                                                                           27
              of a nomination, if the officer or director reasonably believes:
                                                                                           28
              (a) that to do so may put the patient or nominated person or any other
                                                                                           29
                     person at risk of serious harm, or
                                                                                           30
              (b) that the person who made the nomination, variation or revocation
                                                                                           31
                     was incapable of making the nomination, variation or revocation.

Division 2           Notification and information sharing                                  32

                                                                                           33
73     Information about medication
                                                                                           34
       (1)    On a request made under this section, an authorised medical officer of
                                                                                           35
              a mental health facility must provide particulars of the types of
                                                                                           36
              medication and dosages of each type of medication currently being
                                                                                           37
              administered or recently administered to a patient or person detained in
                                                                                           38
              the facility.


                                                                              Page 37
Clause 74      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4      Care and treatment
Part 1         Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers




      (2)   A request may be made by:                                                         1
                                                                                              2
            (a) the patient or person detained in the mental health facility, or
                                                                                              3
            (b) the primary carer of any such patient or person, or
                                                                                              4
            (c) a representative of any such patient or person at a mental health
                                                                                              5
                  inquiry or before the Tribunal.
                                                                                              6
74    Information to be given to persons to be detained
                                                                                              7
      (1)   An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility must give the
                                                                                              8
            following persons an oral explanation and a written statement of their
                                                                                              9
            legal rights and other entitlements under this Act:
                                                                                             10
             (a) a person who is taken to the facility under Part 2 of Chapter 3, and
                                                                                             11
            (b) a person who is a voluntary patient in the facility, if it is decided
                                                                                             12
                   to take steps to detain the person under Part 2 of Chapter 3, and
                                                                                             13
             (c) an affected person who is detained in the facility after a breach
                                                                                             14
                   notice or breach order relating to a community treatment order, if
                                                                                             15
                   it is decided to take steps to detain the person under Part 2 of
                                                                                             16
                   Chapter 3.
                                                                                             17
      (2)   The explanation and statement must be given as soon as practicable
                                                                                             18
            after the person is taken to a mental health facility or it is decided to take
                                                                                             19
            steps to detain the person.
                                                                                             20
      (3)   The written statement is to be in the form set out in Schedule 3.
                                                                                             21
      (4)   If the authorised medical officer is of the opinion that a person is not
                                                                                             22
            capable of understanding the explanation or statement when it is first
                                                                                             23
            given, another explanation or statement must be given to the person not
                                                                                             24
            later than 24 hours before a mental health inquiry is held about the
                                                                                             25
            person.
                                                                                             26
      (5)   The authorised medical officer must, if the person is unable to
                                                                                             27
            communicate adequately in English but is able to communicate
                                                                                             28
            adequately in another language, arrange for the oral explanation to be
                                                                                             29
            given in that other language.
                                                                                             30
75    Notification to primary carer of initial detention
                                                                                             31
      (1)   An authorised medical officer must, not later than 24 hours after a
                                                                                             32
            person is detained in a mental health facility, take all reasonably
                                                                                             33
            practicable steps to notify the primary carer of the person that the person
                                                                                             34
            is detained in the facility.
                                                                                             35
      (2)   Notice need not be given if the person is discharged or classified as a
                                                                                             36
            voluntary patient within that period.




Page 38
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                  Clause 76
Care and treatment                                                       Chapter 4
Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers                Part 1




76     Notification of mental health inquiries                                             1
                                                                                           2
       (1)    An authorised medical officer must notify an assessable person detained
                                                                                           3
              in the mental health facility that:
                                                                                           4
               (a) a mental health inquiry will be held about the person, and
                                                                                           5
              (b) notice of the inquiry will be given to the person's primary carer.
                                                                                           6
       (2)    The notice is to be given when the authorised medical officer becomes
                                                                                           7
              aware that the person is an assessable person.
                                                                                           8
       (3)    The authorised medical officer must, in accordance with the
                                                                                           9
              regulations, take all reasonably practicable steps to give notice to the
                                                                                          10
              primary carer of an assessable person of a proposed mental health
                                                                                          11
              inquiry.
                                                                                          12
77     Notification to new involuntary patients of appeal rights (cf 1990 Act, s 55)
                                                                                          13
       (1)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility must give, or
                                                                                          14
              cause to be given, to a person ordered by a Magistrate after a mental
                                                                                          15
              health inquiry to be detained in the facility as an involuntary patient a
                                                                                          16
              statement of the rights of appeal conferred on the person as an
                                                                                          17
              involuntary patient under this Act.
                                                                                          18
       (2)    The statement must be given as soon as practicable after the order is
                                                                                          19
              made.
                                                                                          20
       (3)    The statement is to be in the form approved by the Minister.
                                                                                          21
78     Notifications to primary carer of events affecting patients or detained
                                                                                          22
       persons
                                                                                          23
       (1)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility must take all
                                                                                          24
              reasonably practicable steps to notify the primary carer of a patient or
                                                                                          25
              person detained in the facility if any of the following events occurs:
                                                                                          26
               (a) the patient or person is absent from the facility without
                                                                                          27
                    permission or fails to return at the end of a period of leave,
                                                                                          28
              (b) it is proposed to transfer the patient or person, or the patient or
                                                                                          29
                    person is transferred, to another mental health facility or other
                                                                                          30
                    facility,
                                                                                          31
               (c) the patient or person is discharged from the mental health facility,
                                                                                          32
              (d) the patient or person is re-classified as a voluntary patient,
                                                                                          33
               (e) it is proposed to apply to the Tribunal for an ECT inquiry under
                                                                                          34
                    Part 2 or to ascertain whether the patient or person is capable of
                                                                                          35
                    giving informed consent to electro convulsive therapy,
                                                                                          36
               (f) a surgical operation is performed on the patient or person under
                                                                                          37
                    Part 3,



                                                                             Page 39
Clause 79       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4       Care and treatment
Part 1          Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers




             (g)   it is proposed to apply to the Tribunal for consent to a surgical       1
                                                                                           2
                   operation or special medical treatment under Part 3.
                                                                                           3
      (2)    The authorised medical officer must give the notice as soon as
                                                                                           4
             practicable after becoming aware that the event has occurred.
                                                                                           5
      (3)    In the case of a proposed transfer, the notice must be given before the
                                                                                           6
             relevant order or arrangement is made, except in an emergency.
                                                                                           7
79    Discharge and other planning
                                                                                           8
      (1)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility must take all
                                                                                           9
             reasonably practicable steps to ensure that a patient or person detained
                                                                                          10
             in the facility, and the primary carer of the patient or person, are
                                                                                          11
             consulted in relation to planning the patient's or person's discharge and
                                                                                          12
             any subsequent treatment or other action considered in relation to the
                                                                                          13
             patient or person.
                                                                                          14
      (2)    In planning the discharge of any such patient or person, and any
                                                                                          15
             subsequent treatment or other action considered in relation to the patient
                                                                                          16
             or person, the authorised medical officer must take all reasonably
                                                                                          17
             practicable steps to consult with agencies involved in providing relevant
                                                                                          18
             services to the patient or person, any primary carer of the patient or
                                                                                          19
             person and any dependent children or other dependants of the patient or
                                                                                          20
             person.
                                                                                          21
      (3)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility must take all
                                                                                          22
             reasonably practicable steps to provide any such patient or person who
                                                                                          23
             is discharged from the facility, and the patient's or person's primary
                                                                                          24
             carer, with appropriate information as to follow-up care.

Division 3         Transfer of patients                                                   25

                                                                                          26
80    Transfer of patients to or from mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act, s 78)
                                                                                          27
      (1)    An involuntary patient or a person detained in a mental health facility
                                                                                          28
             may be transferred from the mental health facility to another mental
                                                                                          29
             health facility or another health facility.
                                                                                          30
      (2)    A person who is a patient in a health facility other than a mental health
                                                                                          31
             facility may be transferred from the health facility to a declared mental
                                                                                          32
             health facility for the purpose of detaining the person under Part 2 of
                                                                                          33
             Chapter 3.
                                                                                          34
             Note. Section 25 sets out the procedure for detaining such a person in a
                                                                                          35
             declared mental health facility.
                                                                                          36
      (3)    A transfer of a patient or person to a health facility other than a mental
                                                                                          37
             health facility may be made on the grounds that the patient or person
                                                                                          38
             requires medical treatment for a condition or illness (other than a mental
                                                                                          39
             illness or other mental condition).


Page 40
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                     Clause 81
Care and treatment                                                          Chapter 4
Rights of patients or detained persons and primary carers                   Part 1




       (4)    A transfer under this section is to be done in accordance with an               1
                                                                                              2
              arrangement between medical officers of each facility.
                                                                                              3
       (5)    An arrangement under this section is sufficient authority for the transfer
                                                                                              4
              of a patient or person, and the reception into, the mental health facility
                                                                                              5
              or other health facility to which the patient or person is transferred.
                                                                                              6
81     Transport of persons to and from mental health facilities and other
                                                                                              7
       health facilities
                                                                                              8
       (1)    The persons listed below may take to or from a mental health facility or
                                                                                              9
              another health facility any person who is authorised by this Act to be
                                                                                             10
              taken, or transferred, to or from the facility:
                                                                                             11
               (a) a member of staff of the NSW Health Service,
                                                                                             12
              (b) an ambulance officer,
                                                                                             13
               (c) a police officer,
                                                                                             14
              (d) a person prescribed by the regulations.
                                                                                             15
       (2)    A person authorised by this Act to take a person to or from a mental
                                                                                             16
              health facility or other health facility may:
                                                                                             17
              (a) use reasonable force in exercising functions under this section or
                                                                                             18
                     any other provision of this Act applying this section, and
                                                                                             19
              (b) restrain the person in any way that is reasonably necessary in the
                                                                                             20
                     circumstances.
                                                                                             21
       (3)    A person may be sedated, by a person authorised by law to administer
                                                                                             22
              the sedative, for the purpose of being taken to or from a mental health
                                                                                             23
              facility or other health facility under this Act if it is necessary to do so
                                                                                             24
              to enable the person to be taken safely to or from the facility.
                                                                                             25
              Note. The Poisons and Therapeutic Goods Act 1966, and the regulations under
                                                                                             26
              that Act, regulate the persons who may prescribe and administer drugs
                                                                                             27
              (including sedative drugs).
                                                                                             28
       (4)    A person authorised by this Act to take a person to or from a mental
                                                                                             29
              health facility or other health facility may carry out a frisk search or an
                                                                                             30
              ordinary search of the person, if the person reasonably suspects that the
                                                                                             31
              other person is carrying anything:
                                                                                             32
              (a) that would present a danger to the person or any other person, or
                                                                                             33
              (b) that could be used to assist the other person to escape from the
                                                                                             34
                     person's custody.
                                                                                             35
       (5)    The person may seize and detain a thing found in a search if it is a thing
                                                                                             36
              of a kind referred to in subsection (4) (a) or (b).




                                                                                Page 41
Clause 82       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4       Care and treatment
Part 2          Mental health treatments




      (6)    In this section:                                                             1
                                                                                          2
             frisk search means:
                                                                                          3
              (a) a search of a person conducted by quickly running the hands over
                                                                                          4
                    the person's outer clothing or by passing an electronic metal
                                                                                          5
                    detection device over or in close proximity to the person's outer
                                                                                          6
                    clothing, or
                                                                                          7
             (b) an examination of anything worn or carried by the person that is
                                                                                          8
                    conveniently and voluntarily removed by the person, including
                                                                                          9
                    an examination conducted by passing an electronic metal
                                                                                         10
                    detection device over or in close proximity to that thing.
                                                                                         11
             ordinary search means a search of a person or of articles in the
                                                                                         12
             possession of the person that may include:
                                                                                         13
              (a) requiring the person to remove only his or her overcoat, coat or
                                                                                         14
                    jacket or similar article of clothing and any gloves, shoes, socks
                                                                                         15
                    and hat, and
                                                                                         16
             (b) an examination of those items.

Part 2       Mental health treatments                                                    17


Division 1          Preliminary                                                          18

                                                                                         19
82    Definitions
                                                                                         20
             In this Part:
                                                                                         21
             administer a treatment includes cause or knowingly permit treatment to
                                                                                         22
             be administered.
                                                                                         23
             involuntary patient includes a forensic patient and a person detained in
                                                                                         24
             a mental health facility.

Division 2 General provisions about mental health treatment                              25

                                                                                         26
83    Prohibited treatments (cf 1990 Act, s 197)
                                                                                         27
      (1)    A person must not administer to or perform on another person any of the
                                                                                         28
             following:
                                                                                         29
              (a) deep sleep therapy,
                                                                                         30
             (b) insulin coma therapy,
                                                                                         31
              (c) psychosurgery,
                                                                                         32
             (d) any other operation or treatment prescribed by the regulations for
                                                                                         33
                   the purposes of this section.
                                                                                         34
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.



Page 42
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                  Clause 84
Care and treatment                                                       Chapter 4
Mental health treatments                                                 Part 2




       (2)   In this section:                                                              1
                                                                                           2
             psychosurgery means:
                                                                                           3
              (a) the creation of 1 or more lesions, whether made on the same or
                                                                                           4
                    separate occasions, in the brain of a person by any surgical
                                                                                           5
                    technique or procedure, when it is done primarily for the purpose
                                                                                           6
                    of altering the thoughts, emotions or behaviour of the person, or
                                                                                           7
             (b) the use for such a purpose of intracerebral electrodes to produce
                                                                                           8
                    such a lesion or lesions, whether on the same or separate
                                                                                           9
                    occasions, or
                                                                                          10
              (c) the use on 1 or more occasions of intracerebral electrodes
                                                                                          11
                    primarily for the purpose of influencing or altering the thoughts,
                                                                                          12
                    emotions or behaviour of a person by stimulation through the
                                                                                          13
                    electrodes without the production of a lesion in the brain of the
                                                                                          14
                    person,
                                                                                          15
             but does not include a technique or procedure carried out for the
                                                                                          16
             treatment of a condition or an illness prescribed by the regulations for
                                                                                          17
             the purposes of this definition.
                                                                                          18
84    Treatment may be given to patients
                                                                                          19
             An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility may, subject to
                                                                                          20
             this Act, give, or authorise the giving of, any treatment (including any
                                                                                          21
             medication) the officer thinks fit to an involuntary patient or assessable
                                                                                          22
             person detained in the facility in accordance with this Act.
                                                                                          23
85    Administration of excessive or inappropriate drugs (cf 1990 Act, s 198)
                                                                                          24
             A medical practitioner must not, in relation to any mental illness or
                                                                                          25
             mental condition or suspected mental illness or mental condition,
                                                                                          26
             administer, or cause to be administered to a person a drug or drugs in a
                                                                                          27
             dosage that, having regard to professional standards, is excessive or
                                                                                          28
             inappropriate.
                                                                                          29
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.
                                                                                          30
86    Review of drug use in mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act, s 199)
                                                                                          31
       (1)   The medical superintendent of a mental health facility must establish an
                                                                                          32
             internal review system to monitor and review the prescription and use
                                                                                          33
             of drugs in the facility.
                                                                                          34
       (2)   The director of community treatment of a mental health facility must
                                                                                          35
             establish an internal review system to monitor and review the
                                                                                          36
             prescription and use of drugs under community treatment orders
                                                                                          37
             implemented by the facility.




                                                                             Page 43
Clause 87       Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4       Care and treatment
Part 2          Mental health treatments




      (3)    The system is to monitor the frequency of administration and dosages       1
                                                                                        2
             of drugs, the intended and unintended effects of any drugs administered
                                                                                        3
             and the appropriateness of their use.

Division 3          Electro convulsive therapy                                          4

                                                                                        5
87    Definitions
                                                                                        6
             In this Division:
                                                                                        7
             ECT administration inquiry--see section 96 (2).
                                                                                        8
             ECT consent inquiry--see section 96 (1).
                                                                                        9
             ECT determination--see section 96 (3).
                                                                                       10
             ECT inquiry means an ECT administration inquiry or an ECT consent
                                                                                       11
             inquiry.
                                                                                       12
88    Offences relating to administration of electro convulsive treatment (cf
                                                                                       13
      1990 Act, ss 180-182)
                                                                                       14
      (1)    A person who is not a medical practitioner must not administer electro
                                                                                       15
             convulsive therapy to another person.
                                                                                       16
      (2)    A medical practitioner must not administer electro convulsive therapy
                                                                                       17
             to a person:
                                                                                       18
              (a) otherwise than in accordance with this Division, or
                                                                                       19
             (b) at a place other than a mental health facility or other place
                                                                                       20
                    approved by the Director-General.
                                                                                       21
      (3)    A medical practitioner must not administer electro convulsive therapy
                                                                                       22
             to a person unless there are present during the administration of the
                                                                                       23
             electro convulsive therapy not less than 2 medical practitioners (of
                                                                                       24
             whom the medical practitioner administering the electro convulsive
                                                                                       25
             therapy may be one):
                                                                                       26
              (a) one of whom is experienced in the administration of electro
                                                                                       27
                    convulsive therapy, and
                                                                                       28
             (b) another of whom is experienced in the administration of
                                                                                       29
                    anaesthesia.
                                                                                       30
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.
                                                                                       31
89    When electro convulsive therapy may be administered
                                                                                       32
             Electro convulsive therapy may be administered only in the following
                                                                                       33
             circumstances:
                                                                                       34
             (a) to a person other than an involuntary patient, if the person meets
                                                                                       35
                   the requirements for informed consent to the treatment and
                                                                                       36
                   medical certification set out in this Division,



Page 44
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                       Clause 90
Care and treatment                                                            Chapter 4
Mental health treatments                                                      Part 2




              (b)   to an involuntary patient, after an ECT determination by the                 1
                                                                                                 2
                    Tribunal at an ECT inquiry.
                                                                                                 3
                    Note. In this Part, involuntary patient includes a forensic patient and a
                                                                                                 4
                    person detained in a mental health facility.
                                                                                                 5
90    Refusal of treatment by medical superintendent
                                                                                                 6
             The medical superintendent of a mental health facility may refuse to
                                                                                                 7
             allow electro convulsive therapy to be administered to a patient or
                                                                                                 8
             person detained in the facility, even though the Tribunal has made a
                                                                                                 9
             determination under this Division that enables the treatment to be given.
                                                                                                10
91    Informed consent requirements (cf 1990 Act, s 183)
                                                                                                11
       (1)   A person is taken to have given informed consent to the administration
                                                                                                12
             of electro convulsive therapy if the person gives a free, voluntary and
                                                                                                13
             written consent after this section is complied with.
                                                                                                14
       (2)   The following steps must be taken before consent is obtained:
                                                                                                15
             (a) a fair explanation must be made to the person of the techniques
                                                                                                16
                   or procedures to be followed, including an identification and
                                                                                                17
                   explanation of any technique or procedure about which there is
                                                                                                18
                   not sufficient data to recommend it as recognised treatment or to
                                                                                                19
                   reliably predict the outcome of its performance,
                                                                                                20
             (b) a full description must be given, without exaggeration or
                                                                                                21
                   concealment, to the person of any possible discomforts and risks
                                                                                                22
                   of the treatment (including possible loss of memory),
                                                                                                23
             (c) a full description must be given to the person of any expected
                                                                                                24
                   benefits of the treatment,
                                                                                                25
             (d) a full disclosure must be made, without exaggeration or
                                                                                                26
                   concealment, to the person of any appropriate alternative
                                                                                                27
                   treatments that would be advantageous to the person,
                                                                                                28
             (e) an offer must be made to the person to answer any inquiries
                                                                                                29
                   concerning the procedures or any part of them,
                                                                                                30
             (f) the person must be given notice that the person is free to refuse
                                                                                                31
                   or to withdraw consent and to discontinue the procedures or any
                                                                                                32
                   part of them at any time,
                                                                                                33
             (g) a full disclosure must be made to the person of any financial
                                                                                                34
                   relationship between the person proposing the administration of
                                                                                                35
                   the treatment or the administering medical practitioner, or both,
                                                                                                36
                   and the facility in which it is proposed to administer the
                                                                                                37
                   treatment,
                                                                                                38
             (h) the person must be given notice of their right to obtain legal and
                                                                                                39
                   medical advice and to be represented before giving consent,



                                                                                  Page 45
Clause 92           Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4           Care and treatment
Part 2              Mental health treatments




              (i)      any question relating to the techniques or procedures to be              1
                                                                                                2
                       followed that is asked by the person must have been answered
                                                                                                3
                       and the answers must appear to have been understood by the
                                                                                                4
                       person,
                                                                                                5
              (j)      a form setting out the steps in this subsection is to be given to the
                                                                                                6
                       person and an oral explanation of the matters dealt with in the
                                                                                                7
                       form is to be given to the person in a language with which the
                                                                                                8
                       person is familiar.
                                                                                                9
      (3)    The regulations are to prescribe forms setting out the steps to be taken
                                                                                               10
             before obtaining informed consent to electro convulsive therapy.
                                                                                               11
92    Person impaired by medication incapable of giving informed consent
                                                                                               12
      (cf 1990 Act, s 184)
                                                                                               13
             A person is presumed to be incapable of giving informed consent to the
                                                                                               14
             administration of electro convulsive therapy if, when consent is sought,
                                                                                               15
             the person is affected by medication that impairs the person's ability to
                                                                                               16
             give that consent.
                                                                                               17
93    When electro convulsive therapy may be administered to persons other
                                                                                               18
      than involuntary patients (cf 1990 Act, s 185)
                                                                                               19
      (1)    Electro convulsive therapy may be administered to a person (other than
                                                                                               20
             an involuntary patient) if:
                                                                                               21
             (a) the person is capable of giving informed consent to the treatment
                                                                                               22
                   and has given informed consent to the treatment, including a
                                                                                               23
                   written consent in the form prescribed by the regulations, and
                                                                                               24
             (b) a certificate is given under this section by at least 2 medical
                                                                                               25
                   practitioners, at least one of whom is a psychiatrist.
                                                                                               26
      (2)    A certificate under this section is a certificate in writing that, after
                                                                                               27
             considering the clinical condition and history of treatment of, and any
                                                                                               28
             appropriate alternative treatments for, the person, the medical
                                                                                               29
             practitioners are of the opinion that electro convulsive therapy is:
                                                                                               30
             (a) a reasonable and proper treatment to be administered to the
                                                                                               31
                    person, and
                                                                                               32
             (b) necessary or desirable for the safety or welfare of the person.
                                                                                               33
      (3)    An authorised medical officer who is unsure whether a person is
                                                                                               34
             capable of giving informed consent may apply to the Tribunal for an
                                                                                               35
             ECT consent inquiry to determine whether the person is capable of
                                                                                               36
             giving informed consent and has given that consent.




Page 46
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                  Clause 94
Care and treatment                                                       Chapter 4
Mental health treatments                                                 Part 2




94    When electro convulsive therapy may be administered to involuntary                   1
                                                                                           2
      patients
                                                                                           3
       (1)   Electro convulsive therapy may be administered to an involuntary
                                                                                           4
             patient in accordance with an ECT determination made by the Tribunal
                                                                                           5
             at an ECT administration inquiry.
                                                                                           6
       (2)   An authorised medical officer may apply to the Tribunal for an ECT
                                                                                           7
             administration inquiry about an involuntary patient if a certificate is
                                                                                           8
             given under this section by at least 2 medical practitioners, at least one
                                                                                           9
             of whom is a psychiatrist.
                                                                                          10
       (3)   A certificate under this section is a certificate in writing that, after
                                                                                          11
             considering the clinical condition and history of treatment of, and any
                                                                                          12
             appropriate alternative treatments for, the patient, the medical
                                                                                          13
             practitioners are of the opinion that electro convulsive therapy is:
                                                                                          14
             (a) a reasonable and proper treatment to be administered to the
                                                                                          15
                    patient, and
                                                                                          16
             (b) necessary or desirable for the safety or welfare of the patient.
                                                                                          17
95    Tribunal to hold inquiries promptly
                                                                                          18
             The Tribunal must hold an ECT inquiry about a person as soon as
                                                                                          19
             practicable after an application is made to it under this Division.
                                                                                          20
96    Purpose and findings of ECT inquiries
                                                                                          21
       (1)   ECT consent inquiries about voluntary patients
                                                                                          22
             The Tribunal is, on an ECT consent inquiry, to determine whether or not
                                                                                          23
             the person is capable of giving informed consent to the administration
                                                                                          24
             of electro convulsive therapy and has given that consent.
                                                                                          25
       (2)   ECT administration inquiries about involuntary patients
                                                                                          26
             The Tribunal is, on an ECT administration inquiry, to determine
                                                                                          27
             whether or not an ECT determination should be made in relation to the
                                                                                          28
             patient about whom the inquiry is held.
                                                                                          29
       (3)   ECT determinations that enable treatment of involuntary patients
                                                                                          30
             An ECT determination is a determination:
                                                                                          31
             (a) that the patient is capable of giving informed consent to the
                                                                                          32
                  electro convulsive therapy and has given that consent, or




                                                                             Page 47
Clause 96      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4      Care and treatment
Part 2         Mental health treatments




            (b)   that:                                                                   1
                                                                                          2
                   (i) the patient is incapable of giving informed consent or is
                                                                                          3
                        capable of giving informed consent to the electro
                                                                                          4
                        convulsive therapy but has refused, or has neither
                                                                                          5
                        consented nor refused, to have the treatment administered,
                                                                                          6
                        and
                                                                                          7
                  (ii) after considering the medical opinions and other
                                                                                          8
                        information placed before it, the Tribunal is satisfied the
                                                                                          9
                        electro convulsive therapy is a reasonable and proper
                                                                                         10
                        treatment and is necessary and desirable for the safety or
                                                                                         11
                        welfare of the patient.
                                                                                         12
      (4)   Maximum number of treatments for involuntary patients
                                                                                         13
            In any ECT determination, the Tribunal must also specify the number
                                                                                         14
            of treatments that are approved (not exceeding 12).
                                                                                         15
      (5)   Increase in maximum number of treatments for involuntary patients
                                                                                         16
            Despite subsection (4), the Tribunal may specify more than 12
                                                                                         17
            treatments if the Tribunal is satisfied that, having regard to the special
                                                                                         18
            circumstances of the case (including the success of any previous electro
                                                                                         19
            convulsive therapy), the higher number of treatments is justified.
                                                                                         20
      (6)   Procedures applying to ECT inquiries
                                                                                         21
            For the purposes of an ECT inquiry, the Tribunal is to do the following:
                                                                                         22
            (a) in the case of an ECT administration inquiry, find out from the
                                                                                         23
                  patient about whom the inquiry is being held whether or not the
                                                                                         24
                  patient was aware of the authorised medical officer's obligation
                                                                                         25
                  to give notice of the inquiry and whether notice of the inquiry was
                                                                                         26
                  given in accordance with this Act,
                                                                                         27
            (b) inform the patient or person about whom the inquiry is being held
                                                                                         28
                  of the nature and possible results of the inquiry, if the patient or
                                                                                         29
                  person has not or appears not to have been informed of them,
                                                                                         30
            (c) inquire about the administration of any medication to the patient
                                                                                         31
                  or person about whom the inquiry is being held and take account
                                                                                         32
                  of its effect on the patient's or person's ability to communicate,
                                                                                         33
            (d) consider the views of the patient or person about whom the
                                                                                         34
                  inquiry is being held about the treatment,
                                                                                         35
            (e) consider any information before it.
                                                                                         36
      (7)   Duration of ECT determination
                                                                                         37
            An ECT determination has effect for 6 months from the date the
                                                                                         38
            determination is made unless a shorter period is specified in the
                                                                                         39
            determination.



Page 48
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                   Clause 97
Care and treatment                                                        Chapter 4
Other medical treatments                                                  Part 3




97    Electro convulsive therapy register                                                   1
                                                                                            2
       (1)   A register containing information relating to the administration of
                                                                                            3
             electro convulsive therapy is to be kept in relation to each mental health
                                                                                            4
             facility or other place at which the treatment is administered.
                                                                                            5
       (2)   The medical superintendent of the facility or the person approved by the
                                                                                            6
             Director-General for any other place is to keep the register or cause it to
                                                                                            7
             be kept.
                                                                                            8
       (3)   The register is to be in the form prescribed by the regulations.
                                                                                            9
       (4)   Particulars of a proposed administration of electro convulsive therapy
                                                                                           10
             are to be entered in the register before the therapy is administered, and
                                                                                           11
             any differences in the particulars of treatment actually administered are
                                                                                           12
             to be subsequently noted and explained in the register.
                                                                                           13
       (5)   The register may be inspected at any time by the Tribunal, the Principal
                                                                                           14
             official visitor, an official visitor or the Director-General.

Part 3       Other medical treatments                                                      15

                                                                                           16
98    Definitions
                                                                                           17
             In this Part:
                                                                                           18
             authorised medical practitioner means a medical practitioner
                                                                                           19
             authorised in writing by the Director-General to exercise the functions
                                                                                           20
             of an authorised medical practitioner under this Part.
                                                                                           21
             special medical treatment means:
                                                                                           22
              (a) any treatment, procedure, operation or examination that is
                                                                                           23
                    intended, or is reasonably likely, to have the effect of rendering
                                                                                           24
                    infertile the person on whom it is carried out, or
                                                                                           25
             (b) any other kind of treatment declared by the regulations to be
                                                                                           26
                    special medical treatment for the purposes of this Part.
                                                                                           27
             surgical operation means a surgical procedure, a series of related
                                                                                           28
             surgical operations or surgical procedures, and the administration of an
                                                                                           29
             anaesthetic for the purpose of medical investigation.
                                                                                           30
99    Emergency surgery for involuntary patients
                                                                                           31
       (1)   An authorised medical officer or authorised medical practitioner may
                                                                                           32
             consent to the performance of a surgical operation on an involuntary
                                                                                           33
             patient (other than a forensic patient not suffering from a mental illness)
                                                                                           34
             if of the opinion that:
                                                                                           35
              (a) the patient is incapable of giving consent to the operation or is
                                                                                           36
                     capable of giving consent but refuses to give that consent or
                                                                                           37
                     neither gives nor refuses to give that consent, and



                                                                                Page 49
Clause 100      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4       Care and treatment
Part 3          Other medical treatments




             (b)   it is necessary, as a matter of urgency, to perform a surgical         1
                                                                                          2
                   operation on the patient in order to save the patient's life or to
                                                                                          3
                   prevent serious damage to the patient's health or to prevent the
                                                                                          4
                   patient from suffering or continuing to suffer significant pain or
                                                                                          5
                   distress.
                                                                                          6
      (2)    An authorised medical officer or an authorised medical practitioner may
                                                                                          7
             consent to the performance of a surgical operation on a forensic patient
                                                                                          8
             not suffering from a mental illness if of the opinion that:
                                                                                          9
             (a) the patient is incapable of giving consent to the operation, and
                                                                                         10
             (b) it is necessary, as a matter of urgency, to perform a surgical
                                                                                         11
                   operation on the patient in order to save the patient's life or to
                                                                                         12
                   prevent serious damage to the patient's health or to prevent the
                                                                                         13
                   patient from suffering or continuing to suffer significant pain or
                                                                                         14
                   distress.
                                                                                         15
      (3)    The consent is to be in writing and signed by the person giving the
                                                                                         16
             consent.
                                                                                         17
      (4)    The authorised medical officer of the mental health facility in which the
                                                                                         18
             involuntary patient is detained must, as soon as practicable after the
                                                                                         19
             performance of a surgical operation consented to under this section,
                                                                                         20
             notify the Tribunal of the operation.
                                                                                         21
100   Authorised medical practitioner may consent to surgery
                                                                                         22
      (1)    An authorised medical officer may apply to an authorised medical
                                                                                         23
             practitioner for consent to the performance of a surgical operation on an
                                                                                         24
             involuntary patient.
                                                                                         25
      (2)    On an application, the authorised medical practitioner may consent to
                                                                                         26
             the performance of a surgical operation on an involuntary patient (other
                                                                                         27
             than a forensic patient not suffering from a mental illness) if of the
                                                                                         28
             opinion that:
                                                                                         29
              (a) the patient is incapable of giving consent to the operation or is
                                                                                         30
                    capable of giving consent but refuses to give that consent or
                                                                                         31
                    neither gives nor refuses to give that consent, and
                                                                                         32
             (b) it is desirable, having regard to the interests of the patient, to
                                                                                         33
                    perform the surgical operation on the patient.
                                                                                         34
      (3)    An application must be made not earlier than 14 days after notice of the
                                                                                         35
             proposed application is given under section 78, but may be made sooner
                                                                                         36
             if:
                                                                                         37
              (a) the authorised medical officer is of the opinion that the urgency
                                                                                         38
                   of the circumstances requires an earlier determination of the
                                                                                         39
                   matter, or
                                                                                         40
             (b) the person notified indicates that the person does not object.


Page 50
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                 Clause 101
Care and treatment                                                      Chapter 4
Other medical treatments                                                Part 3




       (4)   The consent is to be in writing and signed by the person giving the          1
                                                                                          2
             consent.
                                                                                          3
101   Tribunal may consent to surgery
                                                                                          4
       (1)   An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility may apply to
                                                                                          5
             the Tribunal for consent to the performance of a surgical operation on
                                                                                          6
             an involuntary patient detained in the facility.
                                                                                          7
       (2)   On an application, the Tribunal may consent to the performance of a
                                                                                          8
             surgical operation on an involuntary patient (other than a forensic
                                                                                          9
             patient not suffering from a mental illness) if the Tribunal is of the
                                                                                         10
             opinion that:
                                                                                         11
             (a) the patient is incapable of giving consent to the operation or is
                                                                                         12
                   capable of giving consent but refuses to give that consent or
                                                                                         13
                   neither gives nor refuses to give that consent, and
                                                                                         14
             (b) it is desirable, having regard to the interests of the patient, to
                                                                                         15
                   perform the surgical operation on the patient.
                                                                                         16
       (3)   On an application, the Tribunal may consent to the performance of a
                                                                                         17
             surgical operation on a voluntary patient or a forensic patient not
                                                                                         18
             suffering from a mental illness if the Tribunal is of the opinion that:
                                                                                         19
             (a) the patient is incapable of giving consent to the operation, and
                                                                                         20
             (b) it is desirable, having regard to the interests of the patient, to
                                                                                         21
                    perform the surgical operation on the patient.
                                                                                         22
       (4)   An application for consent must be made not earlier than 14 days after
                                                                                         23
             notice of the proposed application is given under section 78, but may be
                                                                                         24
             made sooner if:
                                                                                         25
             (a) the authorised medical officer is of the opinion that the urgency
                                                                                         26
                    of the circumstances requires an earlier determination of the
                                                                                         27
                    matter, or
                                                                                         28
             (b) the person notified indicates that the person does not object.
                                                                                         29
102   Special medical treatment
                                                                                         30
       (1)   A person must not carry out special medical treatment on a patient
                                                                                         31
             otherwise than in accordance with this Part, unless the person is a
                                                                                         32
             medical practitioner and:
                                                                                         33
             (a) is of the opinion that it is necessary, as a matter of urgency, to
                                                                                         34
                   carry out special medical treatment on the patient in order to save
                                                                                         35
                   the patient's life or to prevent serious damage to the patient's
                                                                                         36
                   health, or




                                                                            Page 51
Clause 103      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 4       Care and treatment
Part 3          Other medical treatments




             (b)  consent to the treatment being carried out is given by the Tribunal      1
                                                                                           2
                  in accordance with this Part.
                                                                                           3
             Maximum penalty on indictment: imprisonment for 7 years.
                                                                                           4
      (2)    This section does not apply to a patient who is a child to whom
                                                                                           5
             section 175 of the Children and Young Persons (Care and Protection)
                                                                                           6
             Act 1998 applies.
                                                                                           7
103   Tribunal may consent to special medical treatment
                                                                                           8
      (1)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility may apply to
                                                                                           9
             the Tribunal for consent to the carrying out of special medical treatment
                                                                                          10
             on an involuntary patient detained in the facility.
                                                                                          11
      (2)    On an application, the Tribunal may consent to the carrying out of
                                                                                          12
             special medical treatment on a patient (other than prescribed special
                                                                                          13
             medical treatment) if the Tribunal is satisfied that it is necessary to
                                                                                          14
             prevent serious damage to the health of the patient.
                                                                                          15
      (3)    The Tribunal may consent to the carrying out of prescribed special
                                                                                          16
             medical treatment if the Tribunal is satisfied that:
                                                                                          17
             (a) the treatment is the only or most appropriate way of treating the
                                                                                          18
                  patient, and is manifestly in the best interests of the patient, and
                                                                                          19
             (b) in so far as the National Health and Medical Research Council
                                                                                          20
                  has prescribed guidelines that are relevant to the carrying out of
                                                                                          21
                  the treatment--those guidelines have been or will be complied
                                                                                          22
                  with as regards the patient.
                                                                                          23
      (4)    The Tribunal must not consent to the carrying out of special medical
                                                                                          24
             treatment on a patient who is under the age of 16 years.
                                                                                          25
      (5)    An application for consent must be made not earlier than 14 days after
                                                                                          26
             notice of the proposed application is given under section 78, but may be
                                                                                          27
             made sooner if the authorised medical officer is of the opinion that the
                                                                                          28
             urgency of the circumstances requires an earlier determination of the
                                                                                          29
             matter or the person notified agrees.
                                                                                          30
      (6)    In this section:
                                                                                          31
             prescribed special medical treatment means special medical treatment
                                                                                          32
             referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of special medical
                                                                                          33
             treatment in section 98.
                                                                                          34
104   Effect of consents
                                                                                          35
             A consent given under this Part has the same effect as if it were given
                                                                                          36
             by the patient and the patient had the capacity to consent or, in the case
                                                                                          37
             of a child under the age of 14 years or a person under guardianship, by
                                                                                          38
             the person having capacity to consent on the child's or person's behalf.



Page 52
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                     Clause 105
Administration                                                              Chapter 5
Administrative objectives and functions                                     Part 1




Chapter 5            Administration                                                           1


Part 1        Administrative objectives and functions                                         2

105    Objectives of New South Wales public health system (cf 1990 Act, s 6)                  3

              The objectives of the New South Wales public health system under this           4
              Act in relation to mental health services are to establish, develop,            5
              promote, assist and encourage mental health services that:                      6
              (a) ensure that provision is made for the care, treatment, control and          7
                    rehabilitation of persons who are mentally ill or mentally                8
                    disordered, and                                                           9
              (b) promote the establishment of community mental health services              10
                    for the purpose of enabling the treatment in the community               11
                    wherever possible of persons who are mentally ill or suffering           12
                    from the effects of mental illness or who are mentally disordered,       13
                    and                                                                      14
              (c) develop, as far as practicable, standards and conditions of care           15
                    and treatment for persons who are mentally ill or mentally               16
                    disordered that are in all possible respects at least as beneficial as   17
                    those provided for persons suffering from other forms of illness,        18
                    and                                                                      19
              (d) take into account the various religious, cultural and language             20
                    needs of those persons, and                                              21
              (e) are comprehensive and accessible, and                                      22
               (f) permit appropriate intervention at an early stage of mental illness,      23
                    and                                                                      24
              (g) assist patients to live in the community through the provision of          25
                    direct support and provide for liaison with carers and providers of      26
                    community services.                                                      27

106    Functions of Director-General (cf 1990 Act, s 7)                                      28

              The Director-General has the following functions under this Act:               29
              (a) to promote research into mental illness,                                   30
              (b) to assist in the training and education of persons responsible for         31
                   the care and treatment of persons who are mentally ill or mentally        32
                   disordered,                                                               33
              (c) to make recommendations and reports to the Minister about                  34
                   matters affecting the accommodation, maintenance, care,                   35
                   treatment, control and welfare of persons who are mentally ill or         36
                   mentally disordered,                                                      37




                                                                                Page 53
Clause 107         Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 5          Administration
Part 1             Administrative objectives and functions




             (d)      to make recommendations to the Minister about this Act or the         1
                      regulations,                                                          2
             (e)      to promote informed public opinion on matters relating to public      3
                      health by publishing reports and information concerning mental        4
                      health,                                                               5
             (f)      to promote public understanding of involvement in measures for        6
                      the prevention, treatment and care of mental illness and the care,    7
                      treatment and control of persons who are mentally ill or mentally     8
                      disordered,                                                           9
             (g)      to assist in, and promote, co-operation between different agencies   10
                      involved in the provision of services for people who are mentally    11
                      ill or mentally disordered and their carers,                         12
             (h)      any other functions conferred or imposed on the                      13
                      Director-General by or under this or any other Act.                  14

107   Delegation                                                                           15

      (1)    The Director-General may delegate the exercise of any function of the         16
             Director-General under this Act (other than this power of delegation) to:     17
             (a) any member of staff of the Department of Health, or                       18
             (b) any member of staff of the NSW Health Service, or                         19
             (c) any person, or any class of persons, authorised for the purposes          20
                   of this section by the regulations.                                     21

      (2)    A delegate may sub-delegate to a person referred to in subsection (1) (a)     22
             or (b) if the delegate is authorised in writing to do so by the               23
             Director-General.                                                             24

108   Annual report (cf 1990 Act, s 301)                                                   25

      (1)    The Director-General must, as soon as practicable after 30 June in each       26
             year, cause to be prepared and forwarded to the Minister a report as to       27
             the matters relating to mental health services that are prescribed by the     28
             regulations for the 12 months preceding that date.                            29

      (2)    The Minister is required to lay the report, or cause it to be laid, before    30
             each House of Parliament as soon as practicable after the receipt by the      31
             Minister of the report.                                                       32

      (3)    A report made under the Annual Reports (Departments) Act 1985 in              33
             respect of the Department of Health may include any report required to        34
             be made under this section.                                                   35




Page 54
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                   Clause 109
Administration                                                            Chapter 5
Mental health facilities                                                  Part 2




Part 2        Mental health facilities                                                      1


Division 1            Declared mental health facilities                                     2

109    Establishment of declared mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act, s 208)              3

       (1)    The Director-General, by order published in the Gazette:                      4
              (a) may declare any premises to which this section applies and that           5
                   are specified or described in the order to be a declared mental          6
                   health facility, and                                                     7
              (b) may, in the same or another order so published, name the                  8
                   premises so specified or described, and                                  9
              (c) may, in the same or another order so published, limit the                10
                   provisions of this Act or the purposes under this Act for which the     11
                   facility is a declared mental health facility.                          12

       (2)    Without limiting subsection (1), an order may do any of the following:       13
              (a) designate a declared mental health facility as a facility of a           14
                   specified class,                                                        15
              (b) designate the purposes for which a mental health facility of a           16
                   specified class may be used,                                            17
              (c) impose restrictions on the use of a mental health facility for           18
                   specified purposes,                                                     19
              (d) impose any other conditions in relation to the operation of the          20
                   facility as a mental health facility.                                   21

       (3)    This section applies to the following premises:                              22
              (a) premises that belong to or are under the control of the Crown or         23
                    a person acting on behalf of the Crown,                                24
              (b) a public hospital within the meaning of the Health Services Act          25
                    1997,                                                                  26
              (c) premises that the owner or person who has control of the                 27
                    premises has agreed, by an instrument in writing given to the          28
                    Director-General, to being premises to which this section applies.     29

110    Declared mental health facilities that are private mental health facilities         30

              A declared mental health facility that is also a private mental health       31
              facility ceases to be a declared mental health facility if the licence for   32
              the facility is cancelled under Division 2.                                  33




                                                                              Page 55
Clause 111        Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 5         Administration
Part 2            Mental health facilities




111   Appointment of medical superintendents (cf 1990 Act, s 209)                          1
      (1)    The Director-General must, by instrument in writing, appoint a medical        2
             practitioner as medical superintendent of a declared mental health            3
             facility (other than a private mental health facility).                       4

      (2)    The Director-General may (by the same or different instruments)               5
             appoint a medical practitioner as the medical superintendent of more          6
             than one declared mental health facility.                                     7

112   Appointment of deputy medical superintendents (cf 1990 Act, s 210)                   8

      (1)    The Director-General may, by instrument in writing, appoint a medical         9
             practitioner as deputy medical superintendent of a declared mental           10
             health facility.                                                             11

      (2)    The deputy medical superintendent of a declared mental health facility       12
             has the functions of the medical superintendent of the facility during the   13
             absence, for any reason, of the medical superintendent or during a           14
             vacancy in the office of medical superintendent.                             15

      (3)    The Director-General may (by the same or different instruments)              16
             appoint a medical practitioner as the deputy medical superintendent of       17
             more than one declared mental health facility.                               18

113   Directors and deputy directors of community treatment (cf 1990 Act, ss              19
      115, 150)                                                                           20

      (1)    The Director-General must appoint the holder of a specified office as        21
             the director of community treatment of a mental health facility that         22
             implements treatment plans under community treatment orders and may          23
             appoint the holder of a specified office as the deputy director of           24
             community treatment of the facility.                                         25

      (2)    An office may not be specified unless, in the opinion of the                 26
             Director-General, it qualifies the holder to exercise the functions          27
             conferred or imposed on a director or deputy director by or under this       28
             Act.                                                                         29

      (3)    A person appointed as a director of community treatment must be a            30
             health professional who is appropriately qualified for the position by       31
             education, training and experience.                                          32

      (4)    The Director-General may:                                                    33
             (a) revoke the appointment of the holder of a specified office as the        34
                  director of community treatment of a mental health facility and         35
                  appoint the holder of another specified office as the director, or      36
             (b) revoke the appointment of the holder of a specified office as the        37
                  deputy director of community treatment of a mental health               38




Page 56
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 114
Administration                                                               Chapter 5
Mental health facilities                                                     Part 2




                      facility and appoint the holder of another specified office as the       1
                                                                                               2
                      deputy director or specify that there is to be no deputy director, or
                                                                                               3
               (c)    appoint the holder of a specified office as the deputy director of
                                                                                               4
                      community treatment of a mental health facility for which no
                                                                                               5
                      deputy director has been appointed.
                                                                                               6
       (5)    The director of community treatment of a mental health facility may
                                                                                               7
              delegate a function conferred or imposed by this Act on the director
                                                                                               8
              (other than this power of delegation) to the deputy director.
                                                                                               9
114    Psychiatric case managers (cf 1990 Act, s 116)
                                                                                              10
       (1)    The director of community treatment of a declared mental health facility
                                                                                              11
              may appoint an officer or employee of the facility as the psychiatric case
                                                                                              12
              manager of an affected person under a community treatment order.
                                                                                              13
       (2)    A person may not be appointed as a psychiatric case manager unless, in
                                                                                              14
              the opinion of the director, the person is qualified to supervise the
                                                                                              15
              treatment, and monitor the progress, of the affected person under a
                                                                                              16
              community treatment order.
                                                                                              17
       (3)    The same person may be the director or deputy director of community
                                                                                              18
              treatment of a declared mental health facility and the psychiatric case
                                                                                              19
              manager of an affected person.

Division 2            Private mental health facilities                                        20

                                                                                              21
115    Application for licence (cf 1990 Act, s 211)
                                                                                              22
       (1)    A person may apply to the Director-General for a licence to keep
                                                                                              23
              premises as a private mental health facility for the admission, care and
                                                                                              24
              treatment of patients.
                                                                                              25
       (2)    An application must be:
                                                                                              26
              (a) in a form approved by the Director-General, and
                                                                                              27
              (b) accompanied by a plan of the premises in respect of which the
                                                                                              28
                   licence is sought and the prescribed fee.
                                                                                              29
116    Grant or refusal of licence (cf 1990 Act, s 212)
                                                                                              30
       (1)    The Director-General may grant an application for a licence under this
                                                                                              31
              Division or may refuse to grant the application.
                                                                                              32
       (2)    If the Director-General grants the application, the Director-General:
                                                                                              33
               (a) must specify the maximum number of patients who may be kept
                                                                                              34
                     or treated at the private mental health facility, and
                                                                                              35
              (b) must specify any other terms and conditions to which the licence
                                                                                              36
                     is subject, as the Director-General thinks fit, and



                                                                                 Page 57
Clause 117      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 5       Administration
Part 2          Mental health facilities




             (c)   must issue the applicant with a licence in a form approved by the         1
                   Director-General.                                                         2

117   Duration of licence (cf 1990 Act, s 213)                                               3

             A licence remains in force until it is cancelled in accordance with this        4
             Division.                                                                       5

118   Annual statement and licence fee (cf 1990 Act, s 214)                                  6

             A licensee must, on or before 31 December in each year:                         7
             (a) forward to the Director-General a statement in a form approved              8
                   by the Director-General relating to the conduct of the premises to        9
                   which the licence relates and the admission of patients to those         10
                   premises and the care and treatment of patients on those                 11
                   premises, and                                                            12
             (b) pay to the Director-General the prescribed annual licence fee.             13

119   Duplicate licence (cf 1990 Act, s 215)                                                14

             If the Director-General is satisfied that a licence has been lost, destroyed   15
             or damaged, the Director-General may, on payment of the prescribed             16
             fee, issue a duplicate licence to the licensee.                                17

120   Cancellation of licences--generally (cf 1990 Act, s 216)                              18

             The Director-General may cancel a licence:                                     19
             (a) if the annual licence fee payable in respect of the licence has not        20
                  been paid by the due date, or                                             21
             (b) if the licensee requests the Director-General, in writing, to cancel       22
                  the licence, or                                                           23
             (c) if the premises to which the licence relates have ceased to be kept        24
                  as a mental health facility for the admission, care and treatment         25
                  of patients, or                                                           26
             (d) if the premises to which the licence relates cease to be the subject       27
                  of a licence under the Private Hospitals and Day Procedure                28
                  Centres Act 1988.                                                         29

121   Cancellation of licences--failure to show cause (cf 1990 Act, s 217)                  30

      (1)    The Director-General may, by notice in writing served on the holder of         31
             a licence, require the holder to show cause, by a date and time specified      32
             in the notice (being a date not less than 1 month after the date of service    33
             of the notice), why the licence should not be cancelled.                       34




Page 58
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 122
Administration                                                             Chapter 5
Mental health facilities                                                   Part 2




       (2)    The Director-General may cancel the licence if, by the date and time           1
              referred to in the notice, the holder of the licence has not shown             2
              sufficient cause why the licence should not be cancelled.                      3

122    Variation of licence (cf 1990 Act, s 218)                                             4

       (1)    The holder of a licence may, at any time, apply to the Director-General        5
              for the variation of any term or condition to which the licence is subject.    6

       (2)    The Director-General may, on an application being made:                        7
              (a) vary any term or condition to which a licence is subject, or               8
              (b) refuse to grant the application.                                           9

123    Provision of medical services in private mental health facilities (cf 1990           10
       Act, s 219)                                                                          11

              The holder of a licence must make such arrangements as may be                 12
              approved by the Director-General for the provision of medical services        13
              to patients in the private mental health facility.                            14

124    Medical superintendents (cf 1990 Act, ss 220, 221)                                   15

       (1)    The holder of a licence must appoint a medical practitioner approved by       16
              the Director-General as the medical superintendent of the private             17
              mental health facility.                                                       18

       (2)    The medical superintendent of a private mental health facility must           19
              cause to be kept such records and furnish to the Director-General such        20
              particulars as are approved by the Minister in respect of the admission,      21
              treatment, discharge, removal, absence with or without leave or death of      22
              each patient admitted to the facility.                                        23

125    Deputy medical superintendents (cf 1990 Act, ss 222, 223)                            24

       (1)    The holder of a licence may appoint a medical practitioner as the deputy      25
              medical superintendent of the private mental health facility.                 26

       (2)    The appointment of the medical practitioner must be approved by the           27
              Director-General before it takes effect.                                      28

       (3)    The deputy medical superintendent of a private mental health facility         29
              has the functions of the medical superintendent of the facility during the    30
              absence, for any reason, of the medical superintendent or during a            31
              vacancy in the office of medical superintendent.                              32

126    Unlicensed private mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act, s 224)                     33

              A person keeping premises is guilty of an offence against this Act if:        34
              (a) the premises were the subject of a licence that has ceased to be in       35
                    force, and                                                              36




                                                                               Page 59
Clause 127      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 5       Administration
Part 3          Official visitors and accredited persons




             (b)  at any time after 2 months after the licence ceases to be in force,      1
                  there is in or on the premises a person who was a patient                2
                  immediately before the licence ceased to be in force and who has         3
                  not ceased to be a patient.                                              4
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                            5

127   Certain private hospitals to be licensed (cf 1990 Act, s 225)                        6

             A person must not conduct a private hospital within the meaning of the        7
             Private Hospitals and Day Procedure Centres Act 1988 at which a               8
             person is being treated primarily for a mental illness, unless the person     9
             who conducts the hospital is the holder of a licence granted under this      10
             Division.                                                                    11
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                           12


Part 3       Official visitors and accredited persons                                     13

128   Principal official visitor (cf 1990 Act, ss 226, 227)                               14

      (1)    The Minister may, by instrument in writing, appoint a person to be the       15
             Principal official visitor.                                                  16

      (2)    The Principal official visitor has the following functions:                  17
             (a) to advise and assist official visitors in the exercise of the            18
                   functions conferred or imposed on them by or under this Act,           19
             (b) to oversee the official visitor program conducted under this Act,        20
             (c) to report to the Minister, as directed by the Minister, about the        21
                   exercise of the functions of the Principal official visitor and        22
                   official visitors,                                                     23
             (d) to refer matters raising any significant public mental health issues     24
                   or patient safety or care or treatment issues to the Minister or any   25
                   other appropriate person or body,                                      26
             (e) to act as an advocate to the Minister for consumers of mental            27
                   health care to promote the proper resolution of issues arising in      28
                   the mental health system,                                              29
             (f) any other function conferred on the Principal official visitor by or     30
                   under this or any other Act.                                           31

129   Official visitors (cf 1990 Act, s 228)                                              32

      (1)    The Minister must, by instrument in writing, appoint official visitors.      33

      (2)    A person may be appointed as an official visitor if the person has any of    34
             the following qualifications:                                                35
              (a) the person is a medical practitioner,                                   36




Page 60
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                        Clause 130
Administration                                                                 Chapter 5
Official visitors and accredited persons                                       Part 3




                (b)    the person is a psychologist registered under the Psychologists            1
                       Act 2001,                                                                  2
                (c)    the person has any other qualifications prescribed by the                  3
                       regulations,                                                               4
                (d)    the person is otherwise a suitably qualified or interested person.         5

       (3)      An official visitor has the following functions:                                  6
                (a) to refer matters raising any significant public mental health issues          7
                      or patient safety or care or treatment issues to the Principal              8
                      official visitor or any other appropriate person or body,                   9
                (b) to act as an advocate for patients to promote the proper resolution          10
                      of issues arising in the mental health system, including issues            11
                      raised by the primary carer of a patient or person detained under          12
                      this Act,                                                                  13
                (c) to inspect mental health facilities as directed by the Principal             14
                      official visitor and in accordance with this Part,                         15
                (d) any other function conferred on official visitors by or under this           16
                      or any other Act.                                                          17

                                                                                                 18
130    General provisions relating to the Principal official visitor and official
       visitors (cf 1990 Act, s 229)                                                             19

                Schedule 4 has effect with respect to the Principal official visitor and         20
                official visitors.                                                               21

131    Inspections of mental health facilities by official visitors (cf 1990 Act,                22
       s 230)                                                                                    23

       (1)      The Principal official visitor must ensure that 2 or more official visitors      24
                visit each mental health facility in accordance with the regulations.            25

       (2)      For the purposes of any such visit, at least one of the official visitors is     26
                to be a person referred to in section 129 (2) (a), (b) or (c) and at least one   27
                other of the official visitors is to be a person referred to in section 129      28
                (2) (d).                                                                         29

       (3)      On a visit to a mental health facility, the official visitors must:              30
                (a) so far as practicable, inspect every part of the facility at least           31
                      once, and                                                                  32
                (b) so far as practicable, make any necessary inquiries about the care,          33
                      treatment and control of voluntary patients and the patients or            34
                      persons detained in the facility or who are subject to community           35
                      treatment orders and being treated by the facility, and                    36
                (c) examine and sign the registers, books, records and other                     37
                      documents produced to them in accordance with this Part, and               38




                                                                                    Page 61
Clause 132      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 5       Administration
Part 3          Official visitors and accredited persons




             (d)    enter the fact of their visit in the official visitors book at the       1
                    facility, together with any observations they think it appropriate       2
                    to make.                                                                 3

      (4)    The official visitors must report to the Principal official visitor about       4
             each visit in accordance with any arrangements made by the Principal            5
             official visitor.                                                               6

      (5)    A visit may be made with or without previous notice and at any time of          7
             the day or night, and be of such length, as the official visitors think         8
             appropriate.                                                                    9

      (6)    A visit may be made at the request of the primary carer of a patient or        10
             person treated at or by the mental health facility.                            11

132   Obligations to facilitate exercise of functions by official visitors (cf 1990         12
      Act, s 231)                                                                           13

      (1)    The medical superintendent of a declared mental health facility or the         14
             administrator of a private mental health facility must do the following        15
             for the purposes of any visit by official visitors:                            16
              (a) allow the official visitors to have access to and to inspect every        17
                    part of the facility,                                                   18
             (b) permit the official visitors to see and to interview each patient or       19
                    person detained in the facility or each affected person under a         20
                    community treatment order being treated by the facility,                21
              (c) give full and true answers to the best of their knowledge to all          22
                    questions that the official visitors ask in relation to the facility,   23
                    the patients and other persons or affected persons,                     24
             (d) produce to the official visitors any registers, books, records,            25
                    orders, certificates, returns and other documents relating to the       26
                    admission, care, treatment and control of the patients and other        27
                    persons and the discharge of persons required by the official           28
                    visitors.                                                               29

      (2)    The administrator of a private mental health facility must, at the end of      30
             each month, report in writing to the medical superintendent as to the          31
             functions exercised under this section by the administrator during that        32
             month.                                                                         33

133   Reports to Minister (cf 1990 Act, s 233)                                              34

             Nothing in this Part prevents an official visitor from reporting to the        35
             Minister with respect to any matter arising from or relating to the            36
             exercise by the official visitor of the official visitor's functions.          37




Page 62
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                         Clause 134
Administration                                                                  Chapter 5
Inspection powers                                                               Part 4




134    Request by patient or other person to see official visitor (cf 1990 Act,                    1
       s 234)                                                                                      2

       (1)      A patient or person detained in a mental health facility or an affected            3
                person under a community treatment order who is being treated by a                 4
                mental health facility, or the primary carer of any such person, may               5
                notify the medical superintendent or director of community treatment of            6
                the facility, orally or in writing, that the patient or person or carer desires    7
                to see an official visitor.                                                        8

       (2)      The medical superintendent or director must inform an official visitor             9
                of the patient's or person's or primary carer's desire to see an official         10
                visitor not later than 2 days after receiving the notification.                   11

135    Official visitors not personally liable (cf 1990 Act, s 234A)                              12

                A matter or thing done or omitted by an official visitor does not, if the         13
                matter or thing was done or omitted in good faith for the purpose of              14
                executing this Act or the regulations, subject the official visitor               15
                personally to any action, liability, claim or demand.                             16

136    Accredited persons (cf 1990 Act, s 287A)                                                   17

       (1)      The Director-General may appoint a person as an accredited person for             18
                the purposes of this Act.                                                         19

       (2)      The Director-General may appoint the holder of an office as an                    20
                accredited person and may impose conditions on the exercise by a                  21
                person or the holder of an office of the functions of an accredited               22
                person.                                                                           23


Part 4          Inspection powers                                                                 24

137    Inspection of mental health facilities (cf 1990 Act, s 237)                                25

       (1)      The Director-General may inquire into the administration, management              26
                and services of a mental health facility and for that purpose may cause           27
                every mental health facility to be visited and inspected from time to time        28
                by officers authorised by the Director-General.                                   29

       (2)      A visit or inspection may be carried out by an authorised officer                 30
                appointed under section 124 of the Health Services Act 1997, if the               31
                officer's certificate of authority is expressed to extend to such visits or       32
                inspections.                                                                      33

       (3)      On an inspection, an authorised officer:                                          34
                (a) may, at any time, make any inspections, investigations and                    35
                      inquiries with respect to the care, treatment or control of patients        36
                      or persons detained in a facility or with respect to the                    37




                                                                                     Page 63
Clause 138      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 5       Administration
Part 4          Inspection powers




                   management of a facility the authorised officer considers               1
                   necessary, and                                                          2
             (b)   must make any such inspections, investigations and inquiries that       3
                   are directed by the Director-General.                                   4

      (4)    An inspection may be made with or without previous notice and at any          5
             time of the day or night, and be of such length, as the authorised officer    6
             thinks appropriate.                                                           7

                                                                                           8
138   Powers of authorised officer to require information, evidence,
      production of records (cf 1990 Act, s 238)                                           9

      (1)    An authorised officer inspecting a mental health facility under this Part    10
             may, by notice in writing, require a person to do any one or more of the     11
             following:                                                                   12
              (a) to furnish to the authorised officer the information required by        13
                   the authorised officer concerning any of the matters with respect      14
                   to which an authorised officer is, by or under this Part, authorised   15
                   to make inspections, investigations and inquiries,                     16
             (b) to attend and give evidence before the authorised officer                17
                   concerning any such matters,                                           18
              (c) to produce all books, documents or other records in the person's        19
                   custody or under the person's control concerning any such              20
                   matters.                                                               21

      (2)    An authorised officer may require evidence to be given on oath, and          22
             either orally or in writing, and for that purpose the authorised officer     23
             may administer an oath.                                                      24

      (3)    A person must not, without reasonable excuse, refuse or fail to comply       25
             with a requirement made under this section.                                  26
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                           27

139   Protection from incrimination                                                       28

      (1)    A person is not excused from a requirement under this Part to make a         29
             statement, to give or furnish information, to answer a question or to        30
             produce a document on the ground that the statement, information,            31
             answer or document might incriminate the person or make the person           32
             liable to a penalty.                                                         33

      (2)    However, any statement made or any information or answer given or            34
             furnished by a natural person in compliance with a requirement under         35
             this Part is not admissible in evidence against the person in criminal       36
             proceedings (except proceedings for an offence under this Part) if:          37
              (a) the person objected at the time to doing so on the ground that it       38
                   might incriminate the person, or                                       39




Page 64
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                 Clause 139
Administration                                                          Chapter 5
Inspection powers                                                       Part 4




              (b)    the person was not warned on that occasion that the person may       1
                     object to making the statement or giving or furnishing the           2
                     information or answer on the ground that it might incriminate the    3
                     person.                                                              4

       (3)    Any document produced by a person in compliance with a requirement          5
              under this Part is not inadmissible in evidence against the person in       6
              criminal proceedings on the ground that the document might                  7
              incriminate the person.                                                     8

       (4)    Further information obtained as a result of a document produced, a          9
              statement made or information or answer given or furnished in              10
              compliance with a requirement under this Part is not inadmissible on the   11
              ground:                                                                    12
              (a) that the document, statement, information or answer had to be          13
                    produced, made, given or furnished, or                               14
              (b) that the document, statement, information or answer might              15
                    incriminate the person.                                              16




                                                                             Page 65
Clause 140      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 6       Mental Health Review Tribunal
Part 1          The Tribunal




Chapter 6          Mental Health Review Tribunal                                         1


Part 1       The Tribunal                                                                2

140   Constitution of the Tribunal (cf 1990 Act, s 252)                                  3

      (1)    There is constituted by this Act a Mental Health Review Tribunal.           4

      (2)    The Tribunal has the functions conferred or imposed on it by or under       5
             this Act or any other law.                                                  6

      (3)    Schedule 5 has effect with respect to the Tribunal.                         7

141   Membership of Tribunal                                                             8

      (1)    The Tribunal consists of the following members appointed by the             9
             Governor:                                                                  10
             (a) the President of the Tribunal who is to be appointed as a full-time    11
                  member,                                                               12
             (b) 1 or more Deputy Presidents of the Tribunal who may be                 13
                  appointed as full-time or part-time members,                          14
             (c) other members (if any) who may be appointed as full-time or            15
                  part-time members.                                                    16

      (2)    The members (including the President and any Deputy President) are to      17
             be appointed from the following classes of persons:                        18
             (a) Australian legal practitioners,                                        19
             (b) psychiatrists,                                                         20
             (c) persons having, in the opinion of the Governor, other suitable         21
                   qualifications or experience, including at least 1 person selected   22
                   from a group of persons who are nominated by consumer                23
                   organisations.                                                       24

      (3)    The members are to include 1 or more women and 1 or more persons of        25
             ethnic background and a different person is to be appointed to satisfy     26
             each of those qualifications, even though a person so appointed may        27
             possess both of those qualifications.                                      28

      (4)    If, at the time at which an appointment is required to be made of a        29
             person selected from a group of persons who are nominated by               30
             consumer organisations no such group has been nominated, the               31
             Governor may appoint as a member instead a person who, in the opinion      32
             of the Governor, has suitable qualifications or experience.                33




Page 66
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 142
Mental Health Review Tribunal                                                Chapter 6
The Tribunal                                                                 Part 1




142   Registrar and other officers of the Tribunal (cf 1990 Act, s 256)                         1
       (1)   A Registrar and such staff as may be necessary to enable the Tribunal              2
             to exercise its functions may be employed under Chapter 1A of the                  3
             Public Sector Employment and Management Act 2002 in the                            4
             Government Service.                                                                5

       (2)   The Registrar has the functions conferred or imposed on the Registrar              6
             by or under this Act or any other law or by the Tribunal in the exercise           7
             of its functions.                                                                  8

143   Authentication of documents (cf 1990 Act, ss 254, 257)                                    9

       (1)   The Tribunal is to have a seal of which judicial notice is to be taken.           10

       (2)   Every document requiring authentication by the Tribunal is sufficiently           11
             authenticated without the seal of the Tribunal if it is signed by the             12
             President or a Deputy President.                                                  13

144   Judicial notice of certain signatures (cf 1990 Act, s 258)                               14

             Judicial notice is to be taken of the signature of the President, a Deputy        15
             President or the Registrar of the Tribunal when appearing on a                    16
             document issued by the Tribunal.                                                  17

145   Certain proceedings prohibited (cf 1990 Act, s 259)                                      18

             No proceedings lie against the Tribunal, a member of the Tribunal or a            19
             member of staff of the Tribunal for or on account of any act, matter or           20
             thing done or ordered to be done or omitted or suffered to be done by             21
             the Tribunal, member or member of staff, and purporting to be done,               22
             ordered, omitted or suffered for the purposes of carrying out the                 23
             provisions of this or any other Act, if the Tribunal, member or member            24
             of staff has acted in good faith.                                                 25

146   Application of Defamation Act 2005 to proceedings of Tribunal (cf 1990                   26
      Act, s 260)                                                                              27

             Section 27 of the Defamation Act 2005 makes provision for a defence               28
             of absolute privilege in respect of publications of defamatory matter in          29
             the course of proceedings of the Tribunal.                                        30
             Note. Section 27 (2) (b) of the Defamation Act 2005 provides that the defence     31
             of absolute privilege is available in respect of defamatory matter that is        32
             published in the course of proceedings of an Australian court or Australian       33
             tribunal, including (but not limited to) the following:                           34
              (a)   the publication of matter in any document filed or lodged with, or         35
                    otherwise submitted to, the court or tribunal (including any originating   36
                    process),                                                                  37
              (b)   the publication of matter while giving evidence before the court or        38
                    tribunal,                                                                  39




                                                                                  Page 67
Clause 147         Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 6          Mental Health Review Tribunal
Part 1             The Tribunal



             (c)     the publication of matter in any judgment, order or other determination of    1
                     the court or tribunal.                                                        2
             The term Australian tribunal is defined in section 4 of that Act to mean any          3
             tribunal (other than a court) established by or under a law of an Australian          4
             jurisdiction that has the power to take evidence from witnesses before it on oath     5
             or affirmation (including a Royal Commission or other special commission of           6
             inquiry).                                                                             7
             The Mental Health Review Tribunal is an Australian tribunal for the purposes of       8
             the Defamation Act 2005 because it is a tribunal that has the power under             9
             section 151 (5) of this Act to take evidence from witnesses under oath.              10

147   Annual report (cf 1990 Act, s 261)                                                          11

      (1)    As soon as practicable after 1 September, but on or before 1 December,               12
             in each year, the President must prepare and forward to the Minister a               13
             report as to the exercise by the Tribunal of its functions.                          14

      (2)    Without limiting subsection (1), the report is to include the following              15
             matters relating to persons taken to mental health facilities under Part 2           16
             of Chapter 3:                                                                        17
             (a) the number of persons so taken and the provisions of this Act                    18
                   under which they were so taken,                                                19
             (b) the number of persons detained as mentally ill persons or                        20
                   mentally disordered persons,                                                   21
             (c) the number of persons in respect of whom a mental health inquiry                 22
                   was held,                                                                      23
             (d) the number of persons detained as involuntary patients for 3                     24
                   months or less and the number of persons otherwise detained as                 25
                   involuntary patients.                                                          26

      (3)    The report is also to include any matters the Minister may direct or that            27
             are prescribed by the regulations.                                                   28

      (4)    The Minister must lay the report, or cause it to be laid, before each                29
             House of Parliament as soon as practicable after receiving the report.               30

      (5)    A report made under the Annual Reports (Departments) Act 1985 in                     31
             respect of the Department of Health may include any report required to               32
             be made under this section.                                                          33

148   Delegation (cf 1990 Act, s 263)                                                             34

      (1)    The President may delegate to any of the following persons any of the                35
             functions of the President, other than this power of delegation:                     36
              (a) a member of the Tribunal,                                                       37
             (b) the Registrar of the Tribunal,                                                   38
              (c) a person of a class prescribed by the regulations.                              39




Page 68
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                   Clause 149
Mental Health Review Tribunal                                             Chapter 6
Procedures of the Tribunal                                                Part 2




       (2)   A delegate may sub-delegate to a person referred to in subsection (1)          1
                                                                                            2
             (a), (b) or (c) any function delegated by the President if the delegate is
                                                                                            3
             authorised in writing to do so by the President.

Part 2       Procedures of the Tribunal                                                     4

                                                                                            5
149   Application of Part
                                                                                            6
             This Part, and any regulations made under this Part, apply to any
                                                                                            7
             proceedings of the Tribunal under this or any other Act.
                                                                                            8
150   Composition of the Tribunal (cf 1990 Act, ss 264, 265)
                                                                                            9
       (1)   The Tribunal is to be constituted by one or more members nominated by
                                                                                           10
             the President for the exercise of its functions.
                                                                                           11
       (2)   For the purpose of exercising any of its functions (other than in relation
                                                                                           12
             to forensic patients), the Tribunal must consist of at least 1 member who
                                                                                           13
             is to be the President, a Deputy President or a member who is an
                                                                                           14
             Australian legal practitioner.
                                                                                           15
       (3)   The President may nominate other members of the following kinds:
                                                                                           16
             (a) a member who is a psychiatrist,
                                                                                           17
             (b) a member who (not being an Australian legal practitioner) has
                                                                                           18
                   other suitable qualifications or experience.
                                                                                           19
       (4)   For the purpose of exercising its functions in relation to forensic
                                                                                           20
             patients, the Tribunal must consist of the President or a Deputy
                                                                                           21
             President, a member who is a psychiatrist and a member who (not being
                                                                                           22
             an Australian legal practitioner) has other suitable qualifications or
                                                                                           23
             experience.
                                                                                           24
       (5)   The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the members
                                                                                           25
             who are to constitute the Tribunal for the exercise of any of its
                                                                                           26
             functions.
                                                                                           27
151   Procedure at meetings of Tribunal to be informal (cf 1990 Act, s 267)
                                                                                           28
       (1)   Meetings of the Tribunal are to be conducted with as little formality and
                                                                                           29
             technicality, and with as much expedition, as the requirements of this
                                                                                           30
             Act, the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990, the regulations
                                                                                           31
             and as the proper consideration of the matters before the Tribunal
                                                                                           32
             permit.
                                                                                           33
       (2)   In determining any matter relating to a forensic patient or other patient
                                                                                           34
             or a person detained in a mental health facility, the Tribunal is not bound
                                                                                           35
             by the rules of evidence but may inform itself of any matter in such
                                                                                           36
             manner as it thinks appropriate and as the proper consideration of the
                                                                                           37
             matter before the Tribunal permits.


                                                                              Page 69
Clause 152      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 6       Mental Health Review Tribunal
Part 2          Procedures of the Tribunal




      (3)    The proceedings of the Tribunal are to be open to the public.                      1

      (4)    However, if the Tribunal is satisfied that it is desirable to do so for the        2
             welfare of a person who has a matter before the Tribunal or for any other          3
             reason, it may (of its own motion or on the application of the person or           4
             another person appearing at the proceedings) make any one or more of               5
             the following orders:                                                              6
              (a) an order that the hearing be conducted wholly or partly in private,           7
             (b) an order prohibiting or restricting the publication or broadcasting            8
                    of any report of proceedings before the Tribunal,                           9
              (c) an order prohibiting or restricting the publication of evidence              10
                    given before the Tribunal, whether in public or in private, or of          11
                    matters contained in documents lodged with the Tribunal or                 12
                    received in evidence before the Tribunal,                                  13
             (d) an order prohibiting or restricting the disclosure to some or all of          14
                    the parties to the proceedings of evidence given before the                15
                    Tribunal, or of the contents of a document lodged with the                 16
                    Tribunal or received in evidence by the Tribunal, in relation to           17
                    the proceedings.                                                           18
             Note. Section 162 prohibits the publication or broadcasting of the name of a      19
             person involved in Tribunal proceedings or other material that may identify any   20
             such person, except with the consent of the Tribunal.                             21

      (5)    The President or a Deputy President or the chairperson of a meeting of            22
             the Tribunal may administer an oath to any person giving evidence                 23
             before the Tribunal.                                                              24

      (6)    The President or a Deputy President of the Tribunal has, in the exercise          25
             of his or her functions as a member, the same protections and immunity            26
             as a Judge of the Supreme Court has in the performance of his or her              27
             duties as a Judge.                                                                28

152   Legal representation of mentally ill persons and other persons                           29

             The fact that a person is suffering from mental illness or a                      30
             developmental disability of mind or is suffering from a mental condition          31
             that is not a mental illness or a developmental disability of mind is             32
             presumed not to be an impediment to the representation of the person by           33
             an Australian legal practitioner before the Tribunal.                             34

                                                                                               35
153   Determination whether a person is a mentally ill person or mentally
      disordered person (cf 1990 Act, s 268)                                                   36

      (1)    A member of the Tribunal must not determine, for the purposes of this             37
             Act or the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990, that a person             38
             is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person unless the               39




Page 70
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                  Clause 154
Mental Health Review Tribunal                                            Chapter 6
Procedures of the Tribunal                                               Part 2




             member is satisfied, on the balance of probabilities, that the person is a    1
             mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person.                          2

       (2)   In determining whether a person is a mentally ill person, a member is to      3
             give due regard to the following:                                             4
              (a) any cultural factors relating to the person that may be relevant to      5
                    the determination,                                                     6
             (b) any evidence given to the Tribunal by an expert witness                   7
                    concerning the person's cultural background and its relevance to       8
                    any question of mental illness.                                        9

154   Rights of appearance and representation (cf 1990 Act, s 274)                        10

       (1)   A person appointed to assist the Tribunal in a matter may appear before      11
             the Tribunal in relation to any matter in respect of which the person is     12
             appointed.                                                                   13

       (2)   A forensic patient having any matter before the Tribunal must, unless        14
             the forensic patient decides that he or she does not want to be              15
             represented, be represented by an Australian legal practitioner or, with     16
             the approval of the Tribunal, by another person of his or her choice.        17

       (3)   A patient, other than a forensic patient, or a person detained in a mental   18
             health facility having any matter before the Tribunal may be represented     19
             by an Australian legal practitioner or, with the approval of the Tribunal,   20
             by another person of his or her choice.                                      21

155   Adjournments (cf 1990 Act, s 271)                                                   22

       (1)   The Tribunal may from time to time adjourn its proceedings to such           23
             times, dates and places and for such reasons as it thinks fit.               24

       (2)   If the Tribunal adjourns proceedings, a person having a matter before        25
             the Tribunal who is detained in a mental health facility is to continue to   26
             be detained in the facility unless the person is discharged or allowed to    27
             be absent from the facility under another provision of this Act.             28

156   Inspection etc of medical records (cf 1990 Act, s 276)                              29

       (1)   A patient or person having any matter before the Tribunal is, unless the     30
             Tribunal otherwise determines, entitled to inspect or otherwise have         31
             access to any medical records in the possession of any person relating       32
             to the patient or person.                                                    33

       (2)   A representative of a person having any matter before the Tribunal is        34
             entitled, at any time before or during the consideration of that matter by   35
             the Tribunal, to inspect or otherwise have access to any medical records     36
             in the possession of any person relating to the firstmentioned person.       37




                                                                             Page 71
Clause 157      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 6       Mental Health Review Tribunal
Part 2          Procedures of the Tribunal




      (3)    Subject to any order or direction of the Tribunal, in relation to an         1
                                                                                          2
             inspection under subsection (2) of, or other access under that subsection
                                                                                          3
             to, any medical record relating to a person:
                                                                                          4
              (a) if a medical practitioner warns the representative of the person
                                                                                          5
                    that it may be harmful to communicate to the person, or any other
                                                                                          6
                    person, specified information contained in those medical records,
                                                                                          7
                    the representative is to have full and proper regard to that
                                                                                          8
                    warning, and
                                                                                          9
             (b) the representative is not obliged to disclose to the person any
                                                                                         10
                    information obtained by virtue of the inspection or other access.
                                                                                         11
157   Production of evidence (cf 1990 Act, s 278)
                                                                                         12
      (1)    The Tribunal may of its own motion or on the application of a person
                                                                                         13
             having any matter before the Tribunal issue a summons in the
                                                                                         14
             prescribed form requiring the person to whom the summons is
                                                                                         15
             addressed to do either or both of the following things:
                                                                                         16
             (a) to attend as a witness at a meeting of the Tribunal,
                                                                                         17
             (b) to attend at a meeting of the Tribunal and to produce any
                                                                                         18
                   documents in the possession or under the control of the person
                                                                                         19
                   relating to any matter before the Tribunal and specified in the
                                                                                         20
                   summons.
                                                                                         21
      (2)    For the purposes of subsection (1), a summons is issued by the Tribunal
                                                                                         22
             if it is signed by the President or a Deputy President.
                                                                                         23
      (3)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to authorising
                                                                                         24
             compliance with a summons to produce any documents by the
                                                                                         25
             production of the documents at a place specified in the summons at any
                                                                                         26
             time before the meeting of the Tribunal at which the documents are
                                                                                         27
             required to be produced.
                                                                                         28
      (4)    A person to whom a summons is addressed is entitled to receive:
                                                                                         29
              (a) if the summons was issued by the Tribunal of its own motion,
                                                                                         30
                    from the Tribunal, or
                                                                                         31
             (b) if the summons was issued by the Tribunal on the application of
                                                                                         32
                    a person having any matter before the Tribunal, from the person,
                                                                                         33
             the amounts payable for compliance with a subpoena under the Uniform
                                                                                         34
             Civil Procedure Rules 2005.
                                                                                         35
      (5)    A person:
                                                                                         36
             (a) who is served with a summons addressed to the person under this
                                                                                         37
                   section, and
                                                                                         38
             (b) to whom, at the time of service, is tendered an amount that is
                                                                                         39
                   sufficient to cover the person's travelling and other out-of-pocket



Page 72
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                   Clause 158
Mental Health Review Tribunal                                             Chapter 6
Procedures of the Tribunal                                                Part 2




                   expenses in attending the meeting of the Tribunal specified in the       1
                   summons and producing anything required by the summons to be             2
                   produced,                                                                3
             must not, without cause, fail or refuse to obey the summons.                   4
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                             5

158   Assistance of interpreters (cf 1990 Act, s 275)                                       6

             A person having any matter before the Tribunal who is unable to                7
             communicate adequately in English but who is able to communicate               8
             adequately in another language is entitled to be assisted, when                9
             appearing before the Tribunal in relation to the matter, by a competent       10
             interpreter.                                                                  11

159   Record of proceedings                                                                12

       (1)   Proceedings before the Tribunal are to be recorded.                           13

       (2)   Regulations may be made for or with respect to the manner in which the        14
             evidence may be recorded and the authentication of evidence or of             15
             transcripts of evidence given in proceedings.                                 16

       (3)   The regulations may provide for the circumstances in which evidence           17
             given in proceedings is to be transcribed.                                    18

160   Tribunal procedure generally                                                         19

       (1)   Subject to this Part and the regulations, the procedure for the calling of,   20
             and for the conduct of business at, any meeting of the Tribunal is to be      21
             as determined by the Tribunal.                                                22

       (2)   The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following       23
             matters:                                                                      24
             (a) the procedure for the calling of, and for the conduct of business         25
                   at, any meeting of the Tribunal,                                        26
             (b) the provision of assistance to the Tribunal by relevant qualified         27
                   persons for the purposes of determining any matter,                     28
             (c) representations that may be made by victims in relation to                29
                   proceedings before the Tribunal and victim impact statements,           30
             (d) notification of family members and victims of persons of                  31
                   proceedings before the Tribunal,                                        32
             (e) reports and information required to be provided to the Tribunal,          33
                   including provisions relating to the matters to be dealt with in        34
                   reports and the making of reports available to the Tribunal,            35
             (f) the recording of proceedings and determinations of the Tribunal,          36
             (g) the service of documents on the Tribunal.                                 37




                                                                              Page 73
Clause 161      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 6       Mental Health Review Tribunal
Part 2          Procedures of the Tribunal




161   Contempt of Tribunal (cf 1990 Act, s 291)                                           1
             A person must not refuse, neglect or for any reason fail to obey or          2
             comply with an order, direction, decision or determination, under this or    3
             any other Act, of the Tribunal.                                              4
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                           5

162   Publication of names                                                                6

      (1)    A person must not, except with the consent of the Tribunal, publish or       7
             broadcast the name of any person:                                            8
             (a) to whom a matter before the Tribunal relates, or                         9
             (b) who appears as a witness before the Tribunal in any proceedings,        10
                   or                                                                    11
             (c) who is mentioned or otherwise involved in any proceedings               12
                   under this Act or the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act          13
                   1990,                                                                 14

             whether before or after the hearing is completed.                           15
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or         16
             both.                                                                       17

      (2)    This section does not prohibit the publication or broadcasting of an        18
             official report of the proceedings of the Tribunal that includes the name   19
             of any person the publication or broadcasting of which would otherwise      20
             be prohibited by this section.                                              21

      (3)    For the purposes of this section, a reference to the name of a person       22
             includes a reference to any information, picture or material that           23
             identifies the person or is likely to lead to the identification of the     24
             person.                                                                     25




Page 74
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 163
Jurisdiction of Supreme Court                                              Chapter 7
Procedures of the Tribunal                                                 Part 2




Chapter 7           Jurisdiction of Supreme Court                                            1

163   Appeals to the Court (cf 1990 Act, s 281)                                              2

       (1)   A person may appeal to the Court against:                                       3
             (a) a determination of the Tribunal made with respect to the person,            4
                   or                                                                        5
             (b) the failure or refusal of the Tribunal to make a determination with         6
                   respect to the person in accordance with the provisions of this           7
                   Act.                                                                      8

       (2)   An appeal is to be made subject to and in accordance with the rules of          9
             the Court.                                                                     10

164   Power of the Court on appeals (cf 1990 Act, ss 283, 284)                              11

       (1)   The Court has, for the purposes of hearing and disposing of an appeal,         12
             all the functions and discretions of the Tribunal in respect of the subject-   13
             matter of the appeal, in addition to any other functions and discretions       14
             it has.                                                                        15

       (2)   An appeal is to be by way of a new hearing and new evidence or                 16
             evidence in addition to, or in substitution for, the evidence given in         17
             relation to the determination of the Tribunal, or the failure or refusal of    18
             the Tribunal to make a determination, in respect of which the appeal is        19
             made may be given on the appeal.                                               20

       (3)   The Court is to have regard to the provisions of this Act and any other        21
             matters it considers to be relevant in determining an appeal.                  22

       (4)   The decision of the Court on an appeal is, for the purposes of this or any     23
             other Act or instrument, taken to be, where appropriate, the final             24
             determination of the Tribunal and is to be given effect to accordingly.        25

       (5)   In hearing and deciding an appeal, the Court may be assisted by 2              26
             assessors selected by the Court from the panel nominated for the               27
             purposes of this Chapter, if the Court considers it appropriate to do so.      28

       (6)   An assessor is to sit with the Court in the hearing of an appeal and has       29
             power to advise, but not to adjudicate, on any matter relating to the          30
             appeal.                                                                        31

165   Panel of assessors (cf 1990 Act, s 282)                                               32

       (1)   The Minister must, from time to time, nominate in writing to the Chief         33
             Justice a panel of persons who, in the opinion of the Minister, have           34
             appropriate qualifications and sufficient experience to act as assessors       35
             in the hearing of appeals by the Court under this Chapter.                     36




                                                                               Page 75
Clause 166      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 7       Jurisdiction of Supreme Court
Part 2          Procedures of the Tribunal




      (2)    A nomination made under this section is to be accompanied by an oath          1
             taken by the person nominated, in the form prescribed by the                  2
             regulations.                                                                  3

      (3)    Sections 11, 11A and 12 of the Oaths Act 1900 apply to and in respect         4
             of an oath required to be taken under this section as if the oath were an     5
             oath required to be taken under Part 2 of that Act.                           6

                                                                                           7
166   Jurisdiction of Court to order discharge or transfer of detained person
      (cf 1990 Act, s 285)                                                                 8

      (1)    The Court must order the medical superintendent of a mental health            9
             facility to bring a person before the Court for examination at a time        10
             specified in the order if the Court receives information on oath or has      11
             reason or cause to suspect:                                                  12
              (a) that the person is not a mentally ill person or a mentally              13
                    disordered person and is detained in the facility, or                 14
             (b) that the person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered        15
                    person detained in the facility and that other care of a less         16
                    restrictive kind is appropriate and reasonably available to the       17
                    person, or                                                            18
              (c) that the person is a forensic patient who is wrongly detained in        19
                    the facility.                                                         20

      (2)    The Court must order that a person (other than a forensic patient)           21
             examined under this section be immediately discharged from the mental        22
             health facility in which the person is detained if, on examination, the      23
             medical superintendent is unable to prove on the balance of                  24
             probabilities:                                                               25
             (a) that the person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered        26
                   person, or                                                             27
             (b) if the person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered          28
                   person, that no other care of a less restrictive kind is appropriate   29
                   and reasonably available to the person.                                30

      (3)    The Court must order that a forensic patient examined under this section     31
             be immediately transferred to a correctional centre (within the meaning      32
             of the Crimes (Administration of Sentences) Act 1999) if, on                 33
             examination under this section, the medical superintendent is unable to      34
             prove that the patient is not wrongly detained in the mental health          35
             facility.                                                                    36




Page 76
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                    Clause 167
Jurisdiction of Supreme Court                                              Chapter 7
Procedures of the Tribunal                                                 Part 2




167   Other jurisdiction of the Court not affected (cf 1990 Act, s 286)                      1
             Nothing in this Chapter derogates from or otherwise affects the                 2
             jurisdiction of the Court under any Act or other law.                           3

168   Tribunal members not liable for costs                                                  4

             The Tribunal or any member of the Tribunal is not liable for any costs          5
             relating to a determination of the Tribunal, or the failure or refusal of the   6
             Tribunal to make a determination, in respect of which an appeal is made         7
             under this Chapter, or of the appeal.                                           8




                                                                                Page 77
Clause 169      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 8       Interstate application of mental health laws
Part 1          Preliminary




Chapter 8          Interstate application of mental health                                 1
                   laws                                                                    2


Part 1       Preliminary                                                                   3

169   Object of Chapter (cf 1990 Act, s 286A)                                              4

             The object of this Chapter is to make provision with respect to the           5
             following matters:                                                            6
              (a) the interstate transfer of patients under mental health legislation,     7
             (b) the interstate recognition of documents enabling detention of             8
                   persons under mental health legislation,                                9
              (c) the treatment of interstate persons and persons in this State           10
                   subject to community treatment orders or similar orders made in        11
                   other States,                                                          12
             (d) the apprehension of persons subject to certain interstate warrants       13
                   or orders, or otherwise liable to apprehension, under mental           14
                   health legislation.                                                    15

170   Definitions (cf 1990 Act, s 286B)                                                   16

             In this Chapter:                                                             17
             agreement means an agreement under section 171.                              18
             corresponding law means a law declared by the regulations to be a law        19
             corresponding to this Act for the purposes of this Chapter.                  20
             interstate community treatment order means an order made under a             21
             corresponding law that is of a class declared by the regulations to be an    22
             interstate community treatment order for the purposes of this Chapter.       23
             State includes an internal or an external Territory of the                   24
             Commonwealth.                                                                25

171   Authority to enter into agreements (cf 1990 Act, s 286C)                            26

      (1)    The Minister may enter into an agreement with a Minister of another          27
             State for or with respect to any of the following:                           28
             (a) the application of mental health laws of this State or the other         29
                    State,                                                                30
             (b) the transfer, detention, care, treatment and apprehension of             31
                    persons in this State and the other State under mental health laws,   32
             (c) the making of community treatment orders in respect of residents         33
                    of this State and the other State under mental health laws,           34
             (d) the recognition, implementation and enforcement of community             35
                    treatment orders of this State in the other State and the             36



Page 78
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                     Clause 172
Interstate application of mental health laws                                Chapter 8
Transfer of patients and persons                                            Part 2




                      recognition, implementation and enforcement of community                 1
                      treatment orders of the other State in this State,                       2
               (e)    administrative matters and other matters ancillary to, or                3
                      consequential on, any such matters or any other matters                  4
                      contained in this Chapter.                                               5

       (2)    Nothing in this section limits the power of the Minister to enter into any       6
              agreement relating to mental health laws.                                        7

172    Corresponding laws, documents and interstate community treatment                        8
       orders (cf 1990 Act, s 286D)                                                            9

       (1)    The regulations may declare that a specified law of another State               10
              relating to mental health is a law corresponding to this Act for the            11
              purposes of this Chapter.                                                       12

       (2)    The regulations may declare that a specified class of order relating to the     13
              treatment of persons in the community under a corresponding law of              14
              another State is an interstate community treatment order for the                15
              purposes of this Chapter.                                                       16

173    New South Wales officers may exercise functions under corresponding                    17
       laws (cf 1990 Act, s 286E)                                                             18

              Subject to the provisions of any agreement under this Part, an authorised       19
              medical officer or other person authorised by the Minister for the              20
              purposes of this section, may exercise any function conferred on him or         21
              her by or under a corresponding law or an agreement under this Part.            22


Part 2        Transfer of patients and persons                                                23


Division 1            Transfer of persons from this State                                     24

174    Admission of persons to mental health facilities in other States (cf 1990              25
       Act, s 286F)                                                                           26

       (1)    A person who may be taken to and detained in a mental health facility           27
              under Chapter 3 may be taken to a mental health facility in another State       28
              instead of a mental health facility in this State, if this is permitted by or   29
              under a corresponding law of the other State.                                   30

       (2)    A person may be taken to a mental health facility in another State under        31
              this section by:                                                                32
               (a) a person who is authorised by this Act to take a person to a               33
                     declared mental health facility, or to apprehend a person and take       34
                     the person to a declared mental health facility, if this is permitted    35
                     by or under the law of the other State, or                               36




                                                                                 Page 79
Clause 175      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 8       Interstate application of mental health laws
Part 2          Transfer of patients and persons




             (b)   any other person who is authorised to do so by the regulations or        1
                                                                                            2
                   under a provision of a corresponding law of the other State.
                                                                                            3
      (3)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following
                                                                                            4
             matters:
                                                                                            5
             (a) the handing over of custody of a person referred to in subsection
                                                                                            6
                   (1) by persons in this State,
                                                                                            7
             (b) the persons (including interstate persons) who may take any such
                                                                                            8
                   person to a mental health facility in another State under this
                                                                                            9
                   section,
                                                                                           10
             (c) the mental health facilities to which a person may be taken under
                                                                                           11
                   this section and the places taken to be mental health facilities of
                                                                                           12
                   another State for the purposes of this section.
                                                                                           13
175   Effect of certificates (cf 1990 Act, s 286G)
                                                                                           14
             A mental health certificate ceases to have any effect under this Act if the
                                                                                           15
             person concerned is taken to and detained in a mental health facility in
                                                                                           16
             another State.
                                                                                           17
176   Transfer of patients from this State (cf 1990 Act, s 286H)
                                                                                           18
      (1)    A person who is detained as an involuntary patient in a mental health
                                                                                           19
             facility in this State may be transferred to a mental health facility in
                                                                                           20
             another State, if the transfer is permitted by or under a provision of a
                                                                                           21
             corresponding law of the other State and is in accordance with the
                                                                                           22
             regulations.
                                                                                           23
      (2)    A person who is transferred to a mental health facility in another State
                                                                                           24
             under this section ceases to be an involuntary patient on admission to
                                                                                           25
             the facility.
                                                                                           26
      (3)    A person may be taken to a mental health facility in another State under
                                                                                           27
             this section by a person who is authorised to do so by the regulations or
                                                                                           28
             under a provision of a corresponding law of the other State.
                                                                                           29
      (4)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following
                                                                                           30
             matters:
                                                                                           31
             (a) procedures for authorising the transfer of a patient under this
                                                                                           32
                   section and for notifying any such transfer or proposed transfer,
                                                                                           33
             (b) criteria for authorising the transfer of a patient under this section,
                                                                                           34
             (c) the handing over of custody of any such patient by persons in this
                                                                                           35
                   State,
                                                                                           36
             (d) the persons (including interstate persons) who may take a patient
                                                                                           37
                   to a mental health facility in another State under this section,




Page 80
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                     Clause 177
Interstate application of mental health laws                                Chapter 8
Transfer of patients and persons                                            Part 2




               (e)    the mental health facilities to which a patient may be taken under      1
                      this section and the places taken to be mental health facilities for    2
                      the purposes of this section.                                           3

       (5)    Section 80 does not apply to a transfer under this section.                     4

Division 2            Transfer of persons to this State                                       5

177    Admission of interstate persons to mental health facilities in this State              6
       (cf 1990 Act, s 286I)                                                                  7

       (1)    A person who may be taken to and detained in a mental health facility           8
              in another State under a corresponding law of that State may instead be         9
              taken to and detained in a declared mental health facility in this State.      10

       (2)    A person may be taken to a declared mental health facility in this State       11
              under this section by:                                                         12
              (a) a person who is authorised by this Act to take a person to a               13
                    declared mental health facility, or to apprehend a person and take       14
                    the person to a declared mental health facility, if this is permitted    15
                    by or under the law of the other State, or                               16
              (b) any other person who is authorised to do so by the regulations or          17
                    under a provision of a corresponding law of the other State.             18

       (3)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following        19
              matters:                                                                       20
              (a) the handing over of custody of a person referred to in subsection          21
                    (1) to persons in this State,                                            22
              (b) the persons (including interstate persons) who may take any such           23
                    person to a declared mental health facility in this State under this     24
                    section,                                                                 25
              (c) the declared mental health facilities to which a person may be             26
                    taken under this section.                                                27

178    Application of Act to persons brought to mental health facility from                  28
       outside this State (cf 1990 Act, s 286J)                                              29

              This Act applies to a person who is taken to and detained in a mental          30
              health facility under this Division in the same way as it applies to a         31
              person taken to and detained in a mental health facility under Part 2 of       32
              Chapter 3.                                                                     33

179    Transfer of interstate persons to mental health facilities in this State (cf          34
       1990 Act, s 286K)                                                                     35

       (1)    A person who is involuntarily detained as a patient in a mental health         36
              facility in another State under a corresponding law may be transferred         37




                                                                                Page 81
Clause 180      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 8       Interstate application of mental health laws
Part 3          Community treatment orders and other orders




             to a declared mental health facility in this State, if the transfer is        1
                                                                                           2
             authorised under a provision of a corresponding law of the other State
                                                                                           3
             and accepted by the medical superintendent of the mental health facility
                                                                                           4
             in this State.
                                                                                           5
      (2)    A person may be taken to a declared mental health facility in this State
                                                                                           6
             under this section by a person who is authorised to do so by the
                                                                                           7
             regulations or under a provision of a corresponding law of the other
                                                                                           8
             State.
                                                                                           9
      (3)    However, a medical superintendent may not accept the transfer of a
                                                                                          10
             person unless the medical superintendent considers that it is likely that
                                                                                          11
             the person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person.
                                                                                          12
      (4)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following
                                                                                          13
             matters:
                                                                                          14
             (a) the procedures for authorising and arranging the receipt of a
                                                                                          15
                   person under this section,
                                                                                          16
             (b) the persons (including interstate persons) who may take a patient
                                                                                          17
                   to a mental health facility in this State under this section,
                                                                                          18
             (c) the receiving of custody of any such person by persons in this
                                                                                          19
                   State,
                                                                                          20
             (d) the period within which any such person must be reviewed by the
                                                                                          21
                   Tribunal after being transferred to a mental health facility in this
                                                                                          22
                   State.
                                                                                          23
180   Persons transferred taken to be involuntary patients (cf 1990 Act, s 286L)
                                                                                          24
             A person transferred to a mental health facility under this Division is
                                                                                          25
             taken to be an involuntary patient and the provisions of this Act apply
                                                                                          26
             as if the person first became an involuntary patient on the date of the
                                                                                          27
             person's transfer to a mental health facility in this State.

Part 3       Community treatment orders and other orders                                  28

                                                                                          29
181   Community treatment orders relating to interstate persons (cf 1990 Act,
                                                                                          30
      s 286M)
                                                                                          31
             A community treatment order may be made under Part 3 of Chapter 3
                                                                                          32
             for an affected person who does not reside in this State, if the mental
                                                                                          33
             health facility implementing the order is located in this State.
                                                                                          34
182   Interstate implementation of New South Wales orders
                                                                                          35
      (1)    A mental health facility of another State, or any person who provides
                                                                                          36
             services on behalf of any such mental health facility, may treat a person
                                                                                          37
             subject to a community treatment order in this State, and exercise any



Page 82
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 183
Interstate application of mental health laws                                 Chapter 8
Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of   Part 4
orders


              other functions of a mental health facility under this Act, for the             1
                                                                                              2
              purposes of implementing and enforcing the community treatment
                                                                                              3
              order.
                                                                                              4
       (2)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following
                                                                                              5
              matters:
                                                                                              6
              (a) the bodies or places that are taken to be mental health facilities of
                                                                                              7
                    another State for the purposes of this section,
                                                                                              8
              (b) when the treatment may be given or functions may be exercised
                                                                                              9
                    under subsection (1),
                                                                                             10
              (c) the effect in this State of a community treatment order being
                                                                                             11
                    recognised by another State.
                                                                                             12
183    Provision of services under interstate community treatment order
                                                                                             13
              A declared mental health facility, or any person who provides services
                                                                                             14
              on behalf of a declared mental health facility, may treat a person subject
                                                                                             15
              to an interstate community treatment order, and exercise any other
                                                                                             16
              functions for the purposes of implementing and enforcing the interstate
                                                                                             17
              community treatment order, if permitted to do so by the law of another
                                                                                             18
              State.
                                                                                             19
184    Recognition of interstate community treatment orders
                                                                                             20
       (1)    An interstate community treatment order may be recognised in this
                                                                                             21
              State as if it were a community treatment order made by the Tribunal
                                                                                             22
              under this Act, if the conditions for recognition set out in the regulations
                                                                                             23
              are met.
                                                                                             24
       (2)    An interstate community treatment order recognised under this section
                                                                                             25
              is taken to be a community treatment order made under this Act and this
                                                                                             26
              Act applies accordingly, except as provided by the regulations.
                                                                                             27
       (3)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the declared
                                                                                             28
              mental health facilities that may give effect to an interstate community
                                                                                             29
              treatment order recognised under this section.

Part 4        Apprehension of persons absent from mental                                     30

              health facility or in breach of orders                                         31

                                                                                             32
185    Recognition of warrants and orders (cf 1990 Act, s 286O)
                                                                                             33
              A warrant or an order, or other document authorising the apprehension
                                                                                             34
              of a person, under a corresponding law is recognised in this State if the
                                                                                             35
              conditions for recognition set out in the regulations are met.




                                                                                Page 83
Clause 186      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 8       Interstate application of mental health laws
Part 4          Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of
                orders


186   Apprehension of interstate persons absent without leave or in breach of                   1
      corresponding orders (cf 1990 Act, s 286P)                                                2

      (1)    A person who is the subject of a warrant or an order or other document             3
             recognised in this State, or who is otherwise liable to be apprehended,            4
             under a provision of a corresponding law under which the person may                5
             be apprehended and taken to a mental health facility may be                        6
             apprehended at any time:                                                           7
              (a) by a police officer, or                                                       8
             (b) by a person who is authorised to do so by the regulations or under             9
                   a provision of a corresponding law of the other State.                      10

      (2)    On being apprehended the person may be conveyed to and detained in                11
             a mental health facility in this State or the other State (if this is permitted   12
             by or under a provision of a corresponding law of the other State).               13

      (3)    This Act applies to a person conveyed to and detained in a mental health          14
             facility under this section as if the person had been taken to and detained       15
             in a mental health facility under Part 2 of Chapter 3.                            16

187   Regulations relating to apprehension of persons (cf 1990 Act, s 286Q)                    17

             The regulations may make provision for or with respect to the following           18
             matters:                                                                          19
             (a) the kinds of warrants, orders or other documents that may be                  20
                   recognised in this State for the purposes of this Part,                     21
             (b) the conditions (if any) to be met before a warrant, order or other            22
                   document can be recognised in this State,                                   23
             (c) the circumstances when a person is taken to be liable to be                   24
                   apprehended under a corresponding law,                                      25
             (d) the persons (including interstate persons) who may apprehend a                26
                   person under this Part,                                                     27
             (e) the mental health facilities and places to which a person can be              28
                   taken under this Part (whether in this State or another State),             29
             (f) the actions (including transfer to the other State) that may be               30
                   taken in respect of a person detained under this Part.                      31




Page 84
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 188
Miscellaneous                                                                Chapter 9
Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of   Part 4
orders



Chapter 9            Miscellaneous                                                         1

                                                                                           2
188    Restrictions on holding of certain offices (cf 1990 Act, s 287)
                                                                                           3
       (1)    A person may not hold more than one of the following offices at the
                                                                                           4
              same time:
                                                                                           5
              (a) authorised medical officer,
                                                                                           6
              (b) Principal official visitor or official visitor,
                                                                                           7
              (c) member of the Tribunal,
                                                                                           8
              (d) Magistrate, but only where the holder of the office is holding a
                                                                                           9
                    mental health inquiry.
                                                                                          10
       (2)    If a person contravenes this section, nothing invalidates any act of the
                                                                                          11
              person during the period of the contravention.
                                                                                          12
       (3)    The Minister may remove a person who contravenes this section from
                                                                                          13
              any office referred to in subsection (1), other than the office of member
                                                                                          14
              of the Tribunal.
                                                                                          15
189    Disclosure of information (cf 1990 Act, s 289)
                                                                                          16
       (1)    A person must not disclose any information obtained in connection with
                                                                                          17
              the administration or execution of this Act or the regulations unless the
                                                                                          18
              disclosure is made:
                                                                                          19
               (a) with the consent of the person from whom the information was
                                                                                          20
                    obtained, or
                                                                                          21
              (b) in connection with the administration or execution of this Act, or
                                                                                          22
               (c) without limiting paragraph (b), to a primary carer of a person in
                                                                                          23
                    connection with the provision of care or treatment to the person
                                                                                          24
                    under this Act, or
                                                                                          25
              (d) for the purposes of any legal proceedings arising out of this Act
                                                                                          26
                    or the regulations or of any report of any such proceedings, or
                                                                                          27
               (e) with other lawful excuse.
                                                                                          28
              Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.
                                                                                          29
       (2)    A person is not required to comply with subsection (1) if
                                                                                          30
              non-compliance is necessarily implied or reasonably contemplated
                                                                                          31
              under an Act or law.
                                                                                          32
190    Act does not limit or affect other powers
                                                                                          33
       (1)    Nothing in this Act limits or affects any power conferred on a police
                                                                                          34
              officer or any other person by or under any other law with respect to
                                                                                          35
              stopping, searching or detaining a person (whether or not a patient) or
                                                                                          36
              taking any such person to any place.



                                                                                Page 85
Clause 191      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 9       Miscellaneous
Part 4          Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of
                orders


      (2)    Nothing in this Act prevents an authorised medical officer from taking           1
                                                                                              2
             any action that the officer thinks fit to protect a patient or person
                                                                                              3
             detained in a mental health facility, or any other person in a mental
                                                                                              4
             health facility, from serious physical harm.
                                                                                              5
191   Liability of police officers and health care professionals exercising
                                                                                              6
      functions under this Act (cf 1990 Act, s 294)
                                                                                              7
      (1)    Any police officer, health care professional or ambulance officer who,
                                                                                              8
             in good faith, exercises a function that is conferred or imposed on that
                                                                                              9
             person by or under this Act is not personally liable for any injury or
                                                                                             10
             damage caused by the exercise of that function.
                                                                                             11
      (2)    Nothing in this section, or any other provision of this Act or the
                                                                                             12
             regulations, relieves a medical practitioner or other person from liability
                                                                                             13
             in respect of carrying out medical treatment on a patient or other person
                                                                                             14
             to which the medical practitioner or person would have been subject had
                                                                                             15
             the treatment been carried out with the patient's or other person's
                                                                                             16
             consent.
                                                                                             17
      (3)    Nothing in this section affects any exclusion from liability provided by
                                                                                             18
             another provision of this Act or any other law.
                                                                                             19
      (4)    In this section, health care professional means a person registered
                                                                                             20
             under a health registration Act within the meaning of the Health Care
                                                                                             21
             Complaints Act 1993.
                                                                                             22
192   Service of documents (cf 1990 Act, s 295)
                                                                                             23
      (1)    A document that is authorised or required by this Act or the regulations
                                                                                             24
             to be given to or served on any person may be served by:
                                                                                             25
              (a) in the case of a natural person:
                                                                                             26
                     (i) delivering it to the person personally, or
                                                                                             27
                    (ii) sending it by post to the address specified by the person for
                                                                                             28
                          the giving or service of documents or, if no such address is
                                                                                             29
                          specified, the residential or business address of the person
                                                                                             30
                          last known to the person giving or serving the document,
                                                                                             31
                          or
                                                                                             32
                   (iii) sending it by facsimile transmission to the facsimile
                                                                                             33
                          number of the person, or
                                                                                             34
             (b) in the case of a body corporate:
                                                                                             35
                     (i) leaving it with a person apparently of or above the age of
                                                                                             36
                          16 years at, or by sending it by post to, the head office, a
                                                                                             37
                          registered office or a principal office of the body corporate
                                                                                             38
                          or to an address specified by the body corporate for the
                                                                                             39
                          giving or service of documents, or



Page 86
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 193
Miscellaneous                                                                Chapter 9
Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of   Part 4
orders


                     (ii)   sending it by facsimile transmission to the facsimile           1
                            number of the body corporate.                                   2

       (2)    Nothing in this section affects the operation of any provision of a law or    3
              of the rules of a court authorising a document to be served on a person       4
              in any other manner.                                                          5

193    Amendment of certain documents (cf 1990 Act, s 296)                                  6

       (1)    A document by virtue of which a person is admitted to a mental health         7
              facility and that is incorrect or defective in any particular may be          8
              amended by the person who signed the document:                                9
               (a) within 28 days after the admission of the person, and                   10
              (b) with the approval of the authorised medical officer.                     11

       (2)    A document that is amended in accordance with this section is taken to       12
              have had effect in its amended form on and from its original date.           13

       (3)    If an incorrect or defective document is not amended in accordance with      14
              this section, the authorised medical officer:                                15
               (a) may order the discharge of the person admitted to the mental            16
                      health facility by virtue of the document, or                        17
              (b) may do such things as are necessary to obtain a document in              18
                      substitution for that document.                                      19

       (4)    A document obtained in substitution for another document is to be taken      20
              to have had effect as if it had come into existence on the date on which     21
              the document for which it is substituted came into or purported to come      22
              into existence.                                                              23

194    Approved forms (cf 1990 Act, s 302A)                                                24

              The Minister may approve such forms (other than prescribed forms             25
              required by this Act) as may be necessary or convenient for the              26
              administration of this Act.                                                  27

195    Role of objects provisions                                                          28

              The provisions of sections 3, 68 and 105 are intended to give guidance       29
              in the administration of this Act and do not create, or confer on any        30
              person, any right or entitlement enforceable at law.                         31

196    Regulations (cf 1990 Act, s 302)                                                    32

       (1)    The Governor may make regulations, not inconsistent with this Act, for       33
              or with respect to any matter that by this Act is required or permitted to   34
              be prescribed or that is necessary or convenient to be prescribed for        35
              carrying out or giving effect to this Act.                                   36




                                                                                Page 87
Clause 196      Mental Health Bill 2006
Chapter 9       Miscellaneous
Part 4          Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of
                orders


      (2)    In particular, the regulations may make provision for or with respect to         1
             the following:                                                                   2
              (a) the functions, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of             3
                    medical superintendents, other authorised medical officers,               4
                    medical officers and directors of community treatment,                    5
              (b) the exercise by the Principal official visitor and the official             6
                    visitors of their functions,                                              7
              (c) matters relating to mental health inquiries,                                8
              (d) the establishment and functions of a registry or registries to assist       9
                    in the administration of the Tribunal and in the holding of mental       10
                    health inquiries under this Act,                                         11
              (e) procedures for approval of operations, treatments or procedures            12
                    that are permitted to be carried out under this Act,                     13
              (f) standards of patient care,                                                 14
              (g) the establishment, in relation to a mental health facility, of a           15
                    patient care review committee and the functions of such a                16
                    committee,                                                               17
              (h) matters relating to the rights and privileges of patients and              18
                    persons under detention in mental health facilities,                     19
               (i) the establishment of, and payments to and from, funds and                 20
                    accounts for the keeping of money received on behalf of                  21
                    individual patients or for the benefit, use or enjoyment of patients     22
                    generally and the payment of amounts by or on behalf of patients,        23
               (j) the use of patients' funds and the investment and management of           24
                    any such funds and accounts,                                             25
              (k) prescribing the forms required by this Act,                                26
               (l) prescribing the keeping and form of such books, records,                  27
                    registers or other documents, or the furnishing of such reports or       28
                    statistics, as may be necessary or convenient for the                    29
                    administration of this Act,                                              30
             (m) the modification of Part 3 of Chapter 3 in its application to the           31
                    making of a community treatment order under section 47 of the            32
                    Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990.                             33

      (3)    A regulation may apply, adopt or incorporate, with or without                   34
             modification, any publication as in force at a particular time or from          35
             time to time.                                                                   36

      (4)    A regulation may create an offence punishable by a penalty not                  37
             exceeding 5 penalty units.                                                      38




Page 88
Mental Health Bill 2006                                                      Clause 197
Miscellaneous                                                                Chapter 9
Apprehension of persons absent from mental health facility or in breach of   Part 4
orders


197    Proceedings for offences (cf 1990 Act, s 299)                                       1
       (1)    Proceedings for an offence against this Act or the regulations are to be     2
              dealt with summarily before a Local Court.                                   3

       (2)    Proceedings for an offence under section 102 (Special medical                4
              treatment) are to be dealt with on indictment.                               5

198    Savings, transitional and other provisions                                          6

              Schedule 6 has effect.                                                       7

199    Amendment of other Acts                                                             8

              The Acts specified in Schedule 7 are amended as set out in that              9
              Schedule.                                                                   10

200    Repeal of Mental Health Act 1990 No 9                                              11

              The Mental Health Act 1990 is repealed.                                     12

201    Review of Act                                                                      13

       (1)    The Minister is to review this Act to determine whether the policy          14
              objectives of the Act remain valid and whether the terms of the Act         15
              remain appropriate for securing those objectives.                           16

       (2)    The review is to be undertaken as soon as possible after the period of 5    17
              years from the date of assent to this Act.                                  18

       (3)    A report on the outcome of the review is to be tabled in each House of      19
              Parliament within 12 months after the end of the period of 5 years.         20




                                                                                Page 89
                            Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 1                  Medical certificate as to examination or observation of person




Schedule 1                             Medical certificate as to examination or                                                                       1

                                       observation of person                                                                                          2

                                                                                                                                                      3
                                                                                                                               (Section 19)
                                                                                                                                                      4
Mental Health Act 2006
                                                                                                                                                      5
Part 1

                                                                                                                                                      6
 I,     ....................................................................... (Medical Practitioner/accredited person)
                                                                                                                                                      7
        (name in full--use block letters)

                                                                                                                                                      8
of ................................................................................. certify that
                                                                                                                                                      9
on ................................................................................. 20..........
                                                                                                                                                     10
immediately before or shortly before completing this certificate,
at ...............................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                     11
                                                                                                                                                     12
                  (state place where examination/observation took place)
I personally examined/personally observed ............................................................................
                                                                                                                                                     13
................................................................................. for a period of ........................................
                                                                                                                                                     14


                                                                                                                                                     15
        (name of person in full)

..................................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                     16
                                        (state length of examination/observation)
                                                                                                                                                     17
I certify the following matters:
                                                                                                                                                     18
1.         I am of the opinion that the person examined/observed by me is a mentally ill person
                                                                                                                                                     19
           suffering from mental illness/or a mentally disordered person and that there are
                                                                                                                                                     20
           reasonable grounds for believing the person's behaviour for the time being is so
                                                                                                                                                     21
           irrational as to justify a conclusion on reasonable grounds that temporary care,
                                                                                                                                                     22
           treatment or control of the person is necessary:
                                                                                                                                                     23
           (a)        in the case of a mentally ill person:
                                                                                                                                                     24
                      (i)        for the person's own protection from serious harm, or
                                                                                                                                                     25
                      (ii)       for the protection of others from serious harm, or
                                                                                                                                                     26
           (b)        in the case of a mentally disordered person:
                                                                                                                                                     27
                      (i)        for the person's own protection from serious physical harm, or
                                                                                                                                                     28
                      (ii)       for the protection of others from serious physical harm.
                                                                                                                                                     29
2.         I have satisfied myself, by such inquiry as is reasonable having regard to the
                                                                                                                                                     30
           circumstances of the case, that the person's involuntary admission to and detention in
                                                                                                                                                     31
           a mental health facility are necessary and that no other care of a less restrictive kind is
                                                                                                                                                     32
           appropriate and reasonably available to the person.



Page 90
Mental Health Bill 2006

Medical certificate as to examination or observation of person                                                              Schedule 1




3.      Incidents and/or abnormalities of behaviour and conduct (a) observed by myself and                                                            1
                                                                                                                                                      2
        (b) communicated to me by others (state name, relationship and address of each
                                                                                                                                                      3
        informant) are:
        (a)         ...........................................................................................................................
                    ...........................................................................................................................
                    ...........................................................................................................................
                    ...........................................................................................................................
                    ...........................................................................................................................
        (b)         ...........................................................................................................................
                    ...........................................................................................................................
                    ...........................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                      4
4.      The general medical and/or surgical condition of the person is as follows:
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                      5
5.      The following medication (if any) has been administered for purposes of psychiatric
                                                                                                                                                      6
        therapy or sedation:
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                      7
6.      I am not a near relative or the primary carer of the person.
                                                                                                                                                      8
7.      I have/do not have a pecuniary interest, directly or indirectly, in a private mental health
                                                                                                                                                      9
        facility. I have/do not have a near relative/partner/assistant who has such an interest.
                                                                                                                                                     10
        Particulars of the interest are as follows:
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
        .......................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                     11
Made and signed this .................... day of ............................. 20..........
                                                                                                                                                     12
                                                                                       Signature:........................................
                                                                                                                                                     13
Part 2
                                                                                                                                                     14
The following persons may transport a person to a mental health facility: a member of staff
                                                                                                                                                     15
of the NSW Health Service, an ambulance officer, a police officer.
                                                                                                                                                     16
If the assistance of a police officer is required, this Part of the Form must be completed.
                                                                                                                                                     17
YOU SHOULD NOT REQUEST THIS ASSISTANCE UNLESS THERE ARE SERIOUS
                                                                                                                                                     18
CONCERNS RELATING TO THE SAFETY OF THE PERSON OR OTHER PERSONS IF
                                                                                                                                                     19
THE PERSON IS TAKEN TO A MENTAL HEALTH FACILITY WITHOUT THE
                                                                                                                                                     20
ASSISTANCE OF A POLICE OFFICER
I have assessed the risk and I am of the opinion, in relation to ...............................................
                                                                                                                                                     21
..................................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                     22
                                                      (name of person in full)




                                                                                                                                   Page 91
                            Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 1                  Medical certificate as to examination or observation of person




that there are serious concerns relating to the safety of the person or other persons if the                                                           1
                                                                                                                                                       2
person is taken to a mental health facility without the assistance of a police officer. The reason
                                                                                                                                                       3
for me being of this opinion is .................................................................................................
 ..................................................................................................................................................
 ..................................................................................................................................................
 ..................................................................................................................................................
 ..................................................................................................................................................
 ..................................................................................................................................................
 ..................................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                       4
(include any information known about the patient relevant to the risk)
                                                                                                                                                       5
Made and signed ................................................................................. 20..........
                                                                                                                                                       6
                                                                                           Signature:........................................
                                                                                                                                                       7
Notes
                                                                                                                                                       8
1          Sections 13-16 of the Mental Health Act 2006 state:

                                                                                                                                                       9
           13         Criteria for involuntary admission etc as mentally ill person or mentally
                                                                                                                                                      10
                      disordered person
                                                                                                                                                      11
                                 A person is a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person for the purpose
                                                                                                                                                      12
                                 of:
                                                                                                                                                      13
                                 (a)         the involuntary admission of the person to a mental health facility or the
                                                                                                                                                      14
                                             detention of the person in a facility under this Act, or
                                                                                                                                                      15
                                 (b)         determining whether the person should be subject to a community
                                                                                                                                                      16
                                             treatment order or be detained or continue to be detained involuntarily in
                                                                                                                                                      17
                                             a mental health facility,
                                                                                                                                                      18
                                 if, and only if, the person satisfies the relevant criteria set out in this Part.

                                                                                                                                                      19
           14         Mentally ill persons
                                                                                                                                                      20
                      (1)        A person is a mentally ill person if the person is suffering from mental illness and,
                                                                                                                                                      21
                                 owing to that illness, there are reasonable grounds for believing that care,
                                                                                                                                                      22
                                 treatment or control of the person is necessary:
                                                                                                                                                      23
                                 (a)         for the person's own protection from serious harm, or
                                                                                                                                                      24
                                 (b)         for the protection of others from serious harm.
                                                                                                                                                      25
                      (2)        In considering whether a person is a mentally ill person, the continuing condition
                                                                                                                                                      26
                                 of the person, including any likely deterioration in the person's condition and the
                                                                                                                                                      27
                                 likely effects of any such deterioration, are to be taken into account.

                                                                                                                                                      28
           15         Mentally disordered persons
                                                                                                                                                      29
                                 A person (whether or not the person is suffering from mental illness) is a mentally
                                                                                                                                                      30
                                 disordered person if the person's behaviour for the time being is so irrational as
                                                                                                                                                      31
                                 to justify a conclusion on reasonable grounds that temporary care, treatment or
                                                                                                                                                      32
                                 control of the person is necessary:
                                                                                                                                                      33
                                 (a)         for the person's own protection from serious physical harm, or
                                                                                                                                                      34
                                 (b)         for the protection of others from serious physical harm.




Page 92
Mental Health Bill 2006

Medical certificate as to examination or observation of person                            Schedule 1




       16      Certain words or conduct may not indicate mental illness or disorder                         1
                                                                                                            2
               (1)     A person is not a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person merely
                                                                                                            3
                       because of any one or more of the following:
                                                                                                            4
                       (a)     the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has expressed or
                                                                                                            5
                               refused or failed to express a particular political opinion or belief,
                                                                                                            6
                       (b)     the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has expressed or
                                                                                                            7
                               refused or failed to express a particular religious opinion or belief,
                                                                                                            8
                       (c)     the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has expressed or
                                                                                                            9
                               refused or failed to express a particular philosophy,
                                                                                                           10
                       (d)     the person expresses or refuses or fails to express or has expressed or
                                                                                                           11
                               refused or failed to express a particular sexual preference or sexual
                                                                                                           12
                               orientation,
                                                                                                           13
                       (e)     the person engages in or refuses or fails to engage in, or has engaged in
                                                                                                           14
                               or refused or failed to engage in, a particular political activity,
                                                                                                           15
                       (f)     the person engages in or refuses or fails to engage in, or has engaged in
                                                                                                           16
                               or refused or failed to engage in, a particular religious activity,
                                                                                                           17
                       (g)     the person engages in or has engaged in a particular sexual activity or
                                                                                                           18
                               sexual promiscuity,
                                                                                                           19
                       (h)     the person engages in or has engaged in immoral conduct,
                                                                                                           20
                       (i)     the person engages in or has engaged in illegal conduct,
                                                                                                           21
                       (j)     the person has developmental disability of mind,
                                                                                                           22
                       (k)     the person takes or has taken alcohol or any other drug,
                                                                                                           23
                       (l)     the person engages in or has engaged in anti-social behaviour,
                                                                                                           24
                       (m)     the person has a particular economic or social status or is a member of a
                                                                                                           25
                               particular cultural or racial group.
                                                                                                           26
               (2)     Nothing in this Part prevents, in relation to a person who takes or has taken
                                                                                                           27
                       alcohol or any other drug, the serious or permanent physiological, biochemical or
                                                                                                           28
                       psychological effects of drug taking from being regarded as an indication that a
                                                                                                           29
                       person is suffering from mental illness or other condition of disability of mind.
                                                                                                           30
2      In addition to matters ascertained as a consequence of personally examining or observing the
                                                                                                           31
       person, account may be taken of other matters not so ascertained where those matters:
                                                                                                           32
       (a)     arise from a previous personal examination of the person, or
                                                                                                           33
       (b)     are communicated by a reasonably credible informant.
                                                                                                           34
3      In the Mental Health Act 2006, mental illness is defined as follows:
                                                                                                           35
                       mental illness means a condition that seriously impairs, either temporarily or
                                                                                                           36
                       permanently, the mental functioning of a person and is characterised by the
                                                                                                           37
                       presence in the person of any one or more of the following symptoms:
                                                                                                           38
                       (a)     delusions,
                                                                                                           39
                       (b)     hallucinations,
                                                                                                           40
                       (c)     serious disorder of thought form,
                                                                                                           41
                       (d)     a severe disturbance of mood,
                                                                                                           42
                       (e)     sustained or repeated irrational behaviour indicating the presence of any
                                                                                                           43
                               one or more of the symptoms referred to in paragraphs (a)-(d).




                                                                                             Page 93
                    Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 1          Medical certificate as to examination or observation of person




4     In the Mental Health Act 2006, primary carer is defined as follows:                                         1

      71      Primary carer                                                                                       2
              (1)      The primary carer of a person (the patient) for the purposes of this Act is:               3
                       (a)     the guardian of the patient, or                                                    4
                       (b)     the parent of a patient who is a child (subject to any nomination by a             5
                               patient referred to in paragraph (c)), or                                          6
                       (c)     if the patient is over the age of 14 years and is not a person under               7
                               guardianship, the person nominated by the patient as the primary carer             8
                               under this Part under a nomination that is in force, or                            9
                       (d)     if the patient is not a patient referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) or there is   10
                               no nomination in force as referred to in paragraph (c):                           11
                               (i)        the spouse of the patient, if any, if the relationship between the     12
                                          patient and the spouse is close and continuing, or                     13
                               (ii)       any person who is primarily responsible for providing support or       14
                                          care to the patient (other than wholly or substantially on a           15
                                          commercial basis), or                                                  16
                               (iii)      a close friend or relative of the patient.                             17
              (2)      In this section:                                                                          18
                       close friend or relative of a patient means a friend or relative of the patient who       19
                       maintains both a close personal relationship with the patient through frequent            20
                       personal contact and a personal interest in the patient's welfare and who does not        21
                       provide support to the patient wholly or substantially on a commercial basis.             22
5     For admission purposes, this certificate is valid only for a period of 5 days, in the case of a person     23
      who is a mentally ill person, or 1 day, in the case of a person who is a mentally disordered person,       24
      after the date on which the certificate is given.                                                          25




Page 94
Mental Health Bill 2006

Mental health inquiries                                                          Schedule 2




Schedule 2                Mental health inquiries                                                   1

                                                                               (Section 34 (3))     2

  1    General conduct of inquiries                                                                 3

       (1)    The Magistrate may appoint a person to assist the Magistrate in respect               4
              of a mental health inquiry and a person so appointed may appear before                5
              the Magistrate during the holding of the inquiry.                                     6

       (2)    An inquiry is to be open to the public.                                               7

       (3)    However, if the Magistrate is satisfied that it is desirable to do so for the         8
              welfare of the person before the inquiry or for any other reason, the                 9
              Magistrate may (of his or her own motion or on the application of the                10
              person or another person appearing at the inquiry) make any one or                   11
              more of the following orders:                                                        12
              (a) an order that the inquiry be conducted wholly or partly in private,              13
              (b) an order prohibiting or restricting the publication or broadcasting              14
                    of any report of proceedings before the Magistrate,                            15
              (c) an order prohibiting or restricting the publication of evidence                  16
                    given before the inquiry, whether in public or in private, or of               17
                    matters contained in documents lodged with the inquiry or                      18
                    received in evidence at the inquiry,                                           19
              (d) an order prohibiting or restricting the disclosure to some or all of             20
                    the parties to the proceedings of evidence given at the inquiry, or            21
                    of the contents of a document lodged with the inquiry or received              22
                    in evidence at the inquiry.                                                    23
              Note. Clause 7 prohibits the publication or broadcasting of the name of a person     24
              involved in an inquiry or other material that may identify any such person, except   25
              with the consent of the Magistrate.                                                  26

       (4)    An assessable person who is unable to communicate adequately in                      27
              English but who is able to communicate adequately in another language                28
              is entitled to be assisted by an interpreter when appearing at the inquiry.          29

       (5)    The Magistrate may administer an oath to any person giving evidence                  30
              at an inquiry.                                                                       31

       (6)    The assessable person is to be represented at an inquiry by an Australian            32
              legal practitioner or (with the leave of the Magistrate) another person              33
              chosen by the assessable person, unless the assessable person decides                34
              that he or she does not wish to be represented.                                      35

       (7)    Any other person appearing at a mental health inquiry may (with the                  36
              leave of the Magistrate) be represented by an Australian legal                       37
              practitioner.                                                                        38




                                                                                     Page 95
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 2      Mental health inquiries




      (8)    The primary carer of an assessable person may, with the leave of the            1
                                                                                             2
             Magistrate, appear at an inquiry.
                                                                                             3
 2    Notification and information given to assessable person to be checked
                                                                                             4
      by Magistrate
                                                                                             5
      (1)    As soon as practicable after the beginning of a mental health inquiry, the
                                                                                             6
             Magistrate must ask the assessable person whether the person:
                                                                                             7
             (a) has been given a written statement, in the prescribed form, of the
                                                                                             8
                   person's legal rights and other entitlements, as required by
                                                                                             9
                   section 74, and
                                                                                            10
             (b) whether the person has been informed of the duty imposed under
                                                                                            11
                   section 76 on the authorised medical officer relating to the giving
                                                                                            12
                   of the notice specified in that section.
                                                                                            13
      (2)    As soon as practicable after the beginning of a mental health inquiry, the
                                                                                            14
             Magistrate must ascertain from the authorised medical officer whether
                                                                                            15
             the written statement and notice referred to in subclause (1) have been
                                                                                            16
             given or all such things as are reasonably practicable have been done to
                                                                                            17
             give that statement or notice, as the case requires.
                                                                                            18
 3    Legal representation of mentally ill persons and other persons
                                                                                            19
             The fact that a person is suffering from mental illness or a
                                                                                            20
             developmental disability of mind or is suffering from a mental condition
                                                                                            21
             that is neither a mental illness nor a developmental disability of mind is
                                                                                            22
             presumed not to be an impediment to the representation of the person by
                                                                                            23
             an Australian legal practitioner at a mental health inquiry.
                                                                                            24
 4    Adjournments
                                                                                            25
      (1)    The Magistrate may, from time to time, adjourn a mental health inquiry
                                                                                            26
             for a period not exceeding 14 days.
                                                                                            27
      (2)    Without limiting subclause (1), the Magistrate may adjourn the inquiry
                                                                                            28
             if the Magistrate is not satisfied:
                                                                                            29
              (a) that the assessable person has been informed of the duty imposed
                                                                                            30
                    under section 76 on the authorised medical officer relating to the
                                                                                            31
                    giving of the notice specified in that section, or
                                                                                            32
             (b) that the notice specified in the section has been given or all such
                                                                                            33
                    things as are reasonably practicable have been done to give that
                                                                                            34
                    notice.
                                                                                            35
      (3)    The Magistrate may adjourn an inquiry under this clause only if:
                                                                                            36
             (a) the Magistrate is of the opinion that it is in the best interests of the
                                                                                            37
                  assessable person to do so, and




Page 96
Mental Health Bill 2006

Mental health inquiries                                                  Schedule 2




              (b)    the Magistrate has considered any certificates given under this       1
                     Act available to the Magistrate.                                      2

       (4)    If an inquiry is adjourned, the assessable person is to continue to be       3
              detained in the mental health facility unless the person is discharged or    4
              allowed to be absent from the facility under another provision of this       5
              Act.                                                                         6

  5    Summons to produce evidence                                                         7

       (1)    A Magistrate holding a mental health inquiry may on his or her own           8
              motion or on the application of an assessable person or a person given       9
              leave to appear at an inquiry issue a summons in the form prescribed by     10
              the regulations requiring the person to whom the summons is addressed       11
              to do either or both of the following things:                               12
               (a) to attend as a witness at the inquiry,                                 13
              (b) to attend at the inquiry and to produce any documents in the            14
                     possession or under the control of the person relating to the        15
                     inquiry and specified in the summons.                                16

       (2)    The regulations may make provision for or with respect to authorising       17
              compliance with a summons to produce any documents by the                   18
              production of the documents at a place specified in the summons at any      19
              time before the inquiry at which the documents are required to be           20
              produced.                                                                   21

       (3)    A person to whom a summons is addressed is entitled to receive:             22
               (a) if the summons was issued by the Magistrate on his or her own          23
                     motion, from the principal officer of the mental health facility     24
                     where the person to whom the inquiry relates is detained, or         25
              (b) if the summons was issued on the application of another person,         26
                     from that other person,                                              27
              the amounts payable for compliance with a subpoena under the Uniform        28
              Civil Procedure Rules 2005.                                                 29

       (4)    A person:                                                                   30
              (a) who is served with a summons addressed to the person under this         31
                    clause, and                                                           32
              (b) to whom, at the time of service, is tendered an amount that is          33
                    sufficient to cover the person's travelling and other out-of-pocket   34
                    expenses in attending the inquiry specified in the summons and        35
                    producing anything required by the summons to be produced,            36
              must not, without reasonable excuse, fail or refuse to obey the             37
              summons.                                                                    38
              Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units.                                          39




                                                                             Page 97
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 2      Mental health inquiries




 6    Inspection etc of medical records                                                     1
      (1)    An assessable person is entitled to inspect or otherwise have access to        2
             any medical records relating to the person in the possession of any other      3
             person, unless the Magistrate otherwise determines.                            4

      (2)    A representative of an assessable person at a mental health inquiry is         5
             entitled, at any time before or during the inquiry, to inspect or otherwise    6
             have access to any relevant medical records relating to the person in the      7
             possession of any other person.                                                8

      (3)    If a medical practitioner warns the representative of the assessable           9
             person that it may be harmful to communicate to the person, or any            10
             other person, specified information contained in those medical records:       11
              (a) the representative is to have full and proper regard to that             12
                    warning, and                                                           13
             (b) the representative is not obliged to disclose to the person any           14
                    information obtained by virtue of the inspection or other access.      15

      (4)    Subclause (3) is subject to any order or direction of the Magistrate, in      16
             relation to an inspection under subclause (2).                                17

 7    Publication of names etc                                                             18

      (1)    A person must not, except with the consent of the Magistrate holding a        19
             mental health inquiry, publish or broadcast the name of any person:           20
             (a) to whom the inquiry relates, or                                           21
             (b) who appears as a witness at the inquiry, or                               22
             (c) who is mentioned or otherwise involved in the inquiry,                    23

             whether before or after the hearing is completed.                             24
             Maximum penalty: 50 penalty units or imprisonment for 12 months, or           25
             both.                                                                         26

      (2)    This clause does not prohibit the publication or broadcasting of an           27
             official report of any such inquiry that includes the name of any person      28
             the publication or broadcasting of which would otherwise be prohibited        29
             by this clause.                                                               30

      (3)    For the purposes of this clause, a reference to the name of a person          31
             includes a reference to any information, picture or other material that       32
             identifies the person or is likely to lead to the identification of the       33
             person.                                                                       34




Page 98
Mental Health Bill 2006

Mental health inquiries                                                    Schedule 2




  8    Records of proceedings                                                                1
       (1)    Proceedings of the inquiry are to be recorded.                                 2

       (2)    Regulations may be made for or with respect to the manner in which the         3
              evidence may be recorded and the authentication of evidence or of              4
              transcripts of evidence given in proceedings.                                  5

       (3)    The regulations may provide for the circumstances in which evidence            6
              given in proceedings is to be transcribed.                                     7

  9    Record of decision                                                                    8

       (1)    An order or direction of a Magistrate pursuant to a mental health inquiry      9
              is to be recorded in the form of an instrument in writing and is to include   10
              the reasons for the order or direction.                                       11

       (2)    Nothing in this clause prevents a Magistrate from giving an order or          12
              direction orally.                                                             13

       (3)    An order or direction given orally by a Magistrate is to be recorded in       14
              accordance with this clause.                                                  15




                                                                               Page 99
                  Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 3        Statement of rights




Schedule 3                Statement of rights                                                         1

                                                                                                      2
                                                                                 (Section 74 (3))

Statement of rights                                                                                   3
                                                                                                      4
Your rights
                                                                                                      5
You should read the questions and answers below to find out your rights and what may
                                                                                                      6
happen to you after you are brought to a mental health facility.
                                                                                                      7
What happens after I arrive at a mental health facility?
                                                                                                      8
You must be seen by a facility doctor not later than 12 hours after you arrive at the mental
                                                                                                      9
health facility.
                                                                                                     10
If you are a person who is already in a mental health facility as a voluntary patient, and you
                                                                                                     11
have been told you are now to be kept in the facility against your will, you must be seen by a
                                                                                                     12
facility doctor not later than 12 hours after it is decided to keep you in the facility.
                                                                                                     13
When can I be kept in a mental health facility against my will?
                                                                                                     14
You can be kept in a mental health facility against your will if you are certified by the facility
                                                                                                     15
doctor as a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person. The doctor will decide
                                                                                                     16
whether or not you are a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person.
                                                                                                     17
A mentally ill person is someone who has a mental illness and who needs to be kept in a
                                                                                                     18
mental health facility for his or her own protection or to protect other people. A mentally
                                                                                                     19
disordered person is someone whose behaviour shows that he or she needs to be kept in a
                                                                                                     20
mental health facility for a short time for his or her own protection or to protect other people.
                                                                                                     21
The facility cannot continue to keep you against your will unless at least one other doctor also
                                                                                                     22
finds that you are a mentally ill person or a mentally disordered person. At least one of the
                                                                                                     23
doctors who sees you must be a psychiatrist.
                                                                                                     24
How long can I be kept in a mental health facility against my will?
                                                                                                     25
If you are found to be a mentally disordered person, you can only be kept in a mental health
                                                                                                     26
facility for up to 3 DAYS (weekends and public holidays are not counted in this time). During
                                                                                                     27
this time you must be seen by a doctor at least once every 24 hours. You cannot be detained
                                                                                                     28
as a mentally disordered person more than 3 times in any month.
                                                                                                     29
If you are found to be a mentally ill person, you will be kept in the mental health facility until
                                                                                                     30
you see a Magistrate who will hold a mental health inquiry to decide what will happen to you.
                                                                                                     31
How can I get out of a mental health facility?
                                                                                                     32
You, or a friend or relative, may at any time ask the medical superintendent or another
                                                                                                     33
authorised medical officer to let you out. You must be let out if you are not a mentally ill
                                                                                                     34
person or a mentally disordered person or if the medical superintendent or another authorised
                                                                                                     35
medical officer thinks that there is other appropriate care reasonably available to you.




Page 100
Mental Health Bill 2006

Statement of rights                                                               Schedule 3




Can I be treated against my will?                                                                    1
                                                                                                     2
The facility staff may give you appropriate medical treatment, even if you do not want it, for
                                                                                                     3
your mental condition or in an emergency to save your life or prevent serious damage to your
                                                                                                     4
health. The facility staff must tell you what your medical treatment is if you ask. You must
                                                                                                     5
not be given excessive or inappropriate medication.
                                                                                                     6
Can I be given electro convulsive therapy (ECT) against my will?
                                                                                                     7
Yes, but only if the Mental Health Review Tribunal determines at a hearing that it is necessary
                                                                                                     8
or desirable for your safety or welfare. You have a right to attend that hearing.

                                                                                                     9
More information
                                                                                                    10
You should read the questions and answers below to find out about Magistrates' mental
                                                                                                    11
health inquiries and when you may be kept in a mental health facility against your will after
                                                                                                    12
an inquiry.
                                                                                                    13
When is a Magistrate's mental health inquiry held?
                                                                                                    14
A Magistrate's mental health inquiry must be held as soon as possible after it is decided to
                                                                                                    15
keep you in a mental health facility against your will because you are a mentally ill person.
                                                                                                    16
What happens at a Magistrate's mental health inquiry?
                                                                                                    17
The Magistrate will decide whether or not you are a mentally ill person.
                                                                                                    18
If the Magistrate decides that you are not a mentally ill person, you must be let out of the
                                                                                                    19
mental health facility.
                                                                                                    20
If the Magistrate decides that you are a mentally ill person, the Magistrate will then decide
                                                                                                    21
what will happen to you. Consideration must be given to the least restrictive environment in
                                                                                                    22
which care and treatment can be effectively given. The Magistrate may order that you be kept
                                                                                                    23
in a mental health facility as an INVOLUNTARY PATIENT for a set time (not more than 3
                                                                                                    24
months) or the Magistrate may order that you be let out of the mental health facility. If you
                                                                                                    25
are let out, the Magistrate may make a community treatment order requiring you to have
                                                                                                    26
certain treatment after you are let out.
                                                                                                    27
The Magistrate may adjourn the inquiry for up to 14 days where he or she considers that it is
                                                                                                    28
in your best interests.
                                                                                                    29
If the Magistrate makes an order that you are to remain in a mental health facility as an
                                                                                                    30
involuntary patient, the Magistrate must also consider whether you are capable of managing
                                                                                                    31
your financial affairs. If the Magistrate is not satisfied that you are capable, an order must be
                                                                                                    32
made for the management of your affairs under the Protected Estates Act 1983.
                                                                                                    33
What rights do I have at a Magistrate's mental health inquiry?
                                                                                                    34
You can tell the Magistrate what you want or have your lawyer tell the Magistrate what you
                                                                                                    35
want. You can wear street clothes, be helped by an interpreter and have your primary carer,
                                                                                                    36
relatives and friends told about the inquiry. You can apply to see your medical records.




                                                                                     Page 101
                        Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 3              Statement of rights




What are my rights of appeal if I have been made an involuntary patient?                                                            1
                                                                                                                                    2
You (or a carer or friend or relative) may at any time ask the medical superintendent or
                                                                                                                                    3
another authorised medical officer to discharge you. If the medical superintendent or
                                                                                                                                    4
authorised medical officer refuses or does not respond to your request within 3 working days
                                                                                                                                    5
you (or a carer a friend or relative) may lodge an appeal with the Mental Health Review
                                                                                                                                    6
Tribunal.
                                                                                                                                    7
You will be given a notice setting out your appeal rights.
                                                                                                                                    8
What happens when the time set by an order making me an involuntary patient
                                                                                                                                    9
has nearly ended?
                                                                                                                                   10
The facility medical staff will review your condition before the end of the order and the
                                                                                                                                   11
mental health facility may either discharge you or apply to the Mental Health Review
                                                                                                                                   12
Tribunal for a further order.
                                                                                                                                   13
The Tribunal must let you out of the mental health facility if it decides that you are not a
                                                                                                                                   14
mentally ill person or if it feels that other care is more appropriate and reasonably available.
                                                                                                                                   15
Who can I ask for help?
                                                                                                                                   16
You may ask any facility staff member, social worker, doctor, official visitor, chaplain, your
                                                                                                                                   17
own lawyer or the Mental Health Advocacy Service for help. The Mental Health Advocacy
                                                                                                                                   18
Service telephone number is: ...................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                   19
(Note. Appropriate telephone numbers should be included.)
                                                                                                                                   20
Can I ask a friend or relative to act for me?
                                                                                                                                   21
You may nominate a person to be your primary carer while you are in a mental health facility.
                                                                                                                                   22
Your primary carer may ask for information on your behalf and will be informed if you are
                                                                                                                                   23
kept in a mental health facility, subject to a mental health inquiry, transferred or discharged
                                                                                                                                   24
and of proposed special mental health treatments or surgical operations. You and your
                                                                                                                                   25
primary carer also have the right to be given information about follow-up care if you are
                                                                                                                                   26
discharged.




Page 102
Mental Health Bill 2006

Provisions relating to Principal official visitor and official visitors     Schedule 4




Schedule 4                  Provisions relating to Principal official                        1
                            visitor and official visitors                                    2

                                                                            (Section 130)    3

  1     Definition                                                                           4

                In this Schedule:                                                            5
                official visitor includes the Principal official visitor.                    6

  2     Terms of office                                                                      7

                Subject to this Schedule, an official visitor holds office for the period    8
                (not exceeding 3 years) that is specified in the official visitor's          9
                instrument of appointment, but is eligible (if otherwise qualified) for     10
                re-appointment.                                                             11

  3     Remuneration                                                                        12

                An official visitor is entitled to be paid such remuneration (including     13
                travelling and subsistence allowances) as the Minister may from time to     14
                time determine in respect of the official visitor.                          15

  4     Vacancy in office of member                                                         16

        (1)     The office of an official visitor becomes vacant if the official visitor:   17
                (a) dies, or                                                                18
                (b) completes a term of office and is not re-appointed, or                  19
                (c) resigns the office by instrument in writing addressed to the            20
                      Minister, or                                                          21
                (d) is removed from office by the Minister under this clause or by the      22
                      Governor under Chapter 5 of the Public Sector Employment and          23
                      Management Act 2002, or                                               24
                (e) becomes bankrupt, applies to take the benefit of any law for the        25
                      relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors, compounds with his or her    26
                      creditors or makes an assignment of his or her remuneration for       27
                      their benefit, or                                                     28
                (f) is convicted in New South Wales of an offence that is punishable        29
                      by imprisonment for 12 months or more or is convicted                 30
                      elsewhere than in New South Wales of an offence that, if              31
                      committed in New South Wales, would be an offence so                  32
                      punishable, or                                                        33
                (g) being the Principal official visitor or an official visitor appointed   34
                      for a private mental health facility, has a pecuniary interest,       35
                      directly or indirectly, in a private mental health facility, or       36




                                                                              Page 103
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 4         Provisions relating to Principal official visitor and official visitors




             (h)      signs a certificate or request for the admission of a person to a       1
                      mental health facility or attends professionally on a patient in a      2
                      mental health facility.                                                 3

      (2)    The Minister may remove an official visitor from office at any time.             4

 5    Suspension of office                                                                    5

      (1)    An official visitor is suspended from office if the official visitor             6
             becomes a mentally incapacitated person.                                         7

      (2)    The suspension from office ceases when the official visitor ceases to be         8
             a mentally incapacitated person or the period of the official visitor's          9
             appointment expires, whichever is the earlier.                                  10

 6    Effect of certain other Acts                                                           11

      (1)    The Public Sector Employment and Management Act 2002 does not                   12
             apply to the appointment of an official visitor and an official visitor is      13
             not, as an official visitor, subject to that Act (except Chapter 5).            14

      (2)    If by or under any Act provision is made:                                       15
              (a) requiring a person who is the holder of a specified office to              16
                    devote the whole of his or her time to the duties of that office, or     17
             (b) prohibiting the person from engaging in employment outside the              18
                    duties of that office,                                                   19
             the provision does not operate to disqualify the person from holding that       20
             office and also the office of an official visitor or from accepting and         21
             retaining any remuneration payable to the person under this Act as an           22
             official visitor.                                                               23

      (3)    The office of an official visitor is not, for the purposes of any Act, an       24
             office or place of profit under the Crown.                                      25




Page 104
Mental Health Bill 2006

Provisions relating to members of Tribunal                                 Schedule 5




Schedule 5                Provisions relating to members of                                  1

                          Tribunal                                                           2

                                                                                             3
                                                                        (Section 140 (3))
                                                                                             4
  1    Qualifications
                                                                                             5
       (1)    A person is qualified for appointment as President or as a Deputy
                                                                                             6
              President if the person is an Australian legal practitioner of at least
                                                                                             7
              7 years' standing.
                                                                                             8
       (2)    A person may not be appointed as the President or a Deputy President
                                                                                             9
              unless the person has been in practice as an Australian legal practitioner,
                                                                                            10
              or has held a judicial or legal office under the Crown in right of the
                                                                                            11
              Commonwealth or this State or any other State or a Territory of the
                                                                                            12
              Commonwealth, within 2 years immediately preceding the person's
                                                                                            13
              appointment.
                                                                                            14
  2    Term of office of members
                                                                                            15
       (1)    A member holds office for the period specified in the member's
                                                                                            16
              instrument of appointment.
                                                                                            17
       (2)    The term of an appointment must not exceed 7 years.
                                                                                            18
       (3)    A member is eligible for re-appointment.
                                                                                            19
  3    Duties of full-time members
                                                                                            20
              A full-time member must devote the whole of his or her time to the
                                                                                            21
              duties of the office of member, except as permitted by this Act or except
                                                                                            22
              with the consent of the Minister.
                                                                                            23
  4    Part-time arrangements
                                                                                            24
              A Deputy President, although not appointed on a part-time basis, may,
                                                                                            25
              by agreement in writing entered into with the President, exercise the
                                                                                            26
              functions of Deputy President on a part-time basis.
                                                                                            27
  5    Remuneration and allowances for members
                                                                                            28
       (1)    The President and a Deputy President are entitled to be paid:
                                                                                            29
              (a) remuneration in accordance with the Statutory and Other Offices
                                                                                            30
                    Remuneration Act 1975, and
                                                                                            31
              (b) such travelling and subsistence allowances as the Minister may
                                                                                            32
                    from time to time determine in respect of the President or a
                                                                                            33
                    Deputy President.
                                                                                            34
       (2)    A member, other than the President or a Deputy President, is entitled to
                                                                                            35
              be paid such remuneration (including travelling and subsistence


                                                                              Page 105
                 Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 5       Provisions relating to members of Tribunal




             allowances) as the Minister may from time to time determine in respect       1
             of the member.                                                               2

 6    Deputy Presidents                                                                   3

      (1)    A Deputy President, while holding office as a Deputy President, has,         4
             subject to the conditions of appointment specified in the instrument of      5
             appointment and to any direction given by the President, the powers,         6
             authorities, privileges and immunities of and is to perform the duties of    7
             the President.                                                               8

      (2)    No person is to be concerned to inquire whether or not any occasion has      9
             arisen authorising a Deputy President to exercise the functions of the      10
             President and all acts or things done or omitted or suffered to be done     11
             by a Deputy President when exercising those functions are as valid and      12
             effectual and have the same consequences as if they had been done or        13
             omitted or suffered to be done by the President.                            14

 7    Deputies                                                                           15

      (1)    The Minister may, from time to time, appoint as the deputy of a             16
             member, a person who holds the same qualifications, if any, as are          17
             required to be held by the person for whom he or she is the deputy.         18

      (2)    In the absence of a member, the member's deputy:                            19
              (a) is, if available, to act in the place of the member, and               20
             (b) while so acting, has all the functions of the member and is to be       21
                    taken to be the member.                                              22

      (3)    Subject to clause 6 (1), the deputy of a member who is the President or     23
             a Deputy President has the member's functions as President or Deputy        24
             President.                                                                  25

      (4)    A person while acting in the place of a member is entitled to be paid       26
             such remuneration (including travelling and subsistence allowances) as      27
             the Minister may from time to time determine in respect of the person.      28

 8    Vacancy in office of member                                                        29

      (1)    The office of a member becomes vacant if the member:                        30
             (a) dies, or                                                                31
             (b) completes a term of office and is not re-appointed, or                  32
             (c) resigns the office by instrument in writing addressed to the            33
                   Minister, or                                                          34
             (d) is removed from office by the Minister under this clause or by the      35
                   Governor under Chapter 5 of the Public Sector Employment and          36
                   Management Act 2002, or                                               37




Page 106
Mental Health Bill 2006

Provisions relating to members of Tribunal                                  Schedule 5




              (e)    becomes bankrupt, applies to take the benefit of any law for the         1
                     relief of bankrupt or insolvent debtors, compounds with his or her       2
                     creditors or makes an assignment of his or her remuneration for          3
                     their benefit, or                                                        4
              (f)    becomes a mentally incapacitated person, or                              5
              (g)    is convicted in New South Wales of an offence which is                   6
                     punishable by imprisonment for 12 months or more or is                   7
                     convicted elsewhere than in New South Wales of an offence                8
                     which, if committed in New South Wales, would be an offence so           9
                     punishable, or                                                          10
              (h)    being a full-time member, engages in any paid employment                11
                     outside the duties of the office of member, except with the             12
                     consent of the Minister.                                                13

       (2)    The Minister may remove a member from office at any time.                      14

  9    Filling of vacancy in office of member                                                15

              If the office of a member becomes vacant, a person who holds the same          16
              qualification, if any, as the member whose office has become vacant is,        17
              subject to this Act, to be appointed to fill the vacancy.                      18

10     Effect of certain other Acts                                                          19

       (1)    The Public Sector Employment and Management Act 2002 does not                  20
              apply to the appointment of a member and a member is not, as a                 21
              member, subject to that Act (except Chapter 5).                                22

       (2)    If by or under any Act provision is made:                                      23
               (a) requiring a person who is the holder of a specified office to             24
                     devote the whole of his or her time to the duties of that office, and   25
              (b) prohibiting the person from engaging in employment outside the             26
                     duties of that office,                                                  27
              the provision does not operate to disqualify the person from holding that      28
              office and also the office of a part-time member or from accepting and         29
              retaining any remuneration payable to the person under this Act as such        30
              a part-time member.                                                            31

       (3)    The office of a member is not, for the purposes of any Act, an office or       32
              place of profit under the Crown.                                               33

11     Preservation of rights of member previously public servant etc                        34

       (1)    In this clause:                                                                35
              statutory body means any body declared under clause 12 to be a                 36
              statutory body for the purposes of this Schedule.                              37




                                                                               Page 107
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 5      Provisions relating to members of Tribunal




             superannuation scheme means a scheme, fund or arrangement                    1
             established by or under an Act under which any superannuation or             2
             retirement benefits are provided.                                            3

      (2)    This clause applies to a member who, immediately before being                4
             appointed as a member, was:                                                  5
             (a) an officer of the Government Service, the Teaching Service or the        6
                   NSW Health Service, or                                                 7
             (b) a contributor to a superannuation scheme, or                             8
             (c) an officer employed by a statutory body, or                              9
             (d) a person in respect of whom provision was made by any Act for           10
                   the retention of any rights accrued or accruing to the person as an   11
                   officer or employee.                                                  12

      (3)    Subject to the terms of the member's appointment, the member:               13
             (a) is to retain any rights accrued or accruing to him or her as such an    14
                    officer, contributor or person, and                                  15
             (b) may continue to contribute to any superannuation scheme to              16
                    which he or she was a contributor immediately before being           17
                    appointed as a member, and                                           18
             (c) is entitled to receive any deferred or extended leave and any           19
                    payment, pension or gratuity,                                        20
             as if the member had continued to be such an officer, contributor or        21
             person during his or her service as a member.                               22

      (4)    Service as a member is to be regarded as service as an officer or           23
             employee for the purpose of any law under which any such rights             24
             accrued or were accruing, under which he or she continues to contribute     25
             to any such superannuation scheme or by which any such entitlement is       26
             conferred.                                                                  27

      (5)    For the purposes of the superannuation scheme to which the member is        28
             entitled to contribute under this clause, the member is to be regarded as   29
             an officer or employee and the Government of New South Wales is to          30
             be regarded as the employer.                                                31

      (6)    If a member would, but for this subclause, be entitled under subclause      32
             (3) to contribute to a superannuation scheme or to receive any payment,     33
             pension or gratuity under the scheme:                                       34
              (a) he or she is not so entitled on becoming (whether on appointment       35
                    as a member or at any later time while holding office as a           36
                    member) a contributor to any other superannuation scheme, and        37
             (b) the provisions of subclause (5) cease to apply to or in respect of      38
                    him or her in any case where he or she becomes a contributor to      39
                    any such other superannuation scheme.                                40



Page 108
Mental Health Bill 2006

Provisions relating to members of Tribunal                              Schedule 5




       (7)    Subclause (6) does not prevent the payment to a member (on his or her      1
              ceasing to be a contributor to a superannuation scheme) of such amount     2
              as would have been payable to him or her if he or she had ceased, by       3
              reason of resignation, to be an officer or employee for the purposes of    4
              the scheme.                                                                5

       (8)    A member is not, in respect of the same period of service, entitled to     6
              claim a benefit under this Act and another Act.                            7

12     Declaration of statutory bodies                                                   8

              The Governor may, by proclamation published in the Gazette, declare        9
              any body constituted by or under any Act to be a statutory body for the   10
              purposes of this Schedule.                                                11




                                                                          Page 109
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 6      Savings, transitional and other provisions




Schedule 6             Savings, transitional and other                                    1
                       provisions                                                         2

                                                                         (Section 198)    3

Part 1       General                                                                      4

 1    Regulations                                                                         5

      (1)    The regulations may contain provisions of a savings or transitional          6
             nature consequent on the enactment of the following Acts:                    7
             this Act                                                                     8

      (2)    Any such provision may, if the regulations so provide, take effect from      9
             the date of assent to the Act concerned or a later date.                    10

      (3)    To the extent to which any such provision takes effect from a date that     11
             is earlier than the date of its publication in the Gazette, the provision   12
             does not operate so as:                                                     13
              (a) to affect, in a manner prejudicial to any person (other than the       14
                    State or an authority of the State), the rights of that person       15
                    existing before the date of its publication, or                      16
             (b) to impose liabilities on any person (other than the State or an         17
                    authority of the State) in respect of anything done or omitted to    18
                    be done before the date of its publication.                          19


Part 2       Provisions consequent on enactment of this                                  20
             Act                                                                         21

 2    Definitions                                                                        22

             In this Part:                                                               23
             the 1898 Act means the Lunacy Act of 1898.                                  24
             the 1958 Act means the Mental Health Act 1958.                              25
             the 1983 Act means the Mental Health Act 1983.                              26
             the 1990 Act means the Mental Health Act 1990.                              27

 3    General savings                                                                    28

      (1)    Any act, matter or thing done or omitted to be done under a provision of    29
             the 1990 Act and having any force or effect immediately before the          30
             commencement of a provision of this Act or the Mental Health                31
             (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990 that replaces that provision is, on that      32
             commencement, taken to have been done or omitted under the provision        33
             of this Act or the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990.             34




Page 110
Mental Health Bill 2006

Savings, transitional and other provisions                               Schedule 6




       (2)    This clause does not apply:                                                  1
              (a) to the extent that its application is inconsistent with any other        2
                    provision of this Schedule or a provision of a regulation under        3
                    clause 1, or                                                           4
              (b) to the extent that its application would be inappropriate in a           5
                    particular case.                                                       6

  4    Construction of certain references                                                  7

       (1)    A reference (however expressed) in any other Act, in any instrument          8
              made under an Act or in any other instrument of any kind:                    9
              (a) to an admission centre or a mental hospital, or both, within the        10
                    meaning of the 1958 Act or to a hospital within the meaning of        11
                    the 1990 Act--is to be read as a reference to a declared mental       12
                    health facility, or                                                   13
              (b) to an authorised hospital within the meaning of the 1958 Act or         14
                    the 1990 Act--is to be read as a reference to a private mental        15
                    health facility, or                                                   16
              (c) to a hospital for the insane, a hospital for the criminal insane or a   17
                    reception-house, or any combination of those expressions, within      18
                    the meaning of the 1898 Act--is to be read as a reference to a        19
                    mental health facility, or                                            20
              (d) to a licensed house within the meaning of the 1898 Act--is to be        21
                    read as a reference to a private mental health facility.              22

       (2)    A reference (however expressed) in any other Act, in any instrument         23
              made under an Act or in any other instrument of any kind:                   24
              (a) to a mentally ill person within the meaning of the 1958 Act or the      25
                    1990 Act--is to be read as a reference to a mentally ill person       26
                    within the meaning of this Act, or                                    27
              (b) to a voluntary patient within the meaning of the 1958 Act or an         28
                    informal patient within the meaning of the 1983 or 1990 Act--is       29
                    to be read as a reference to a voluntary patient within the meaning   30
                    of this Act, or                                                       31
              (c) to a temporary patient within the meaning of the 1958 Act, the          32
                    1983 Act or the 1990 Act--is to be read as a reference to an          33
                    involuntary patient within the meaning of this Act, or                34
              (d) to a continued treatment patient within the meaning of the 1958         35
                    Act, the 1983 Act or the 1990 Act--is to be read as a reference to    36
                    an involuntary patient within the meaning of this Act, or             37
              (e) to a person under detention under Part 7 of the 1958 Act or a           38
                    forensic patient within the meaning of the 1983 Act or the 1990       39




                                                                            Page 111
                   Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 6         Savings, transitional and other provisions




                      Act--is to be read as a reference to a forensic patient within the      1
                                                                                              2
                      meaning of this Act, or
                                                                                              3
             (f)      to a patient within the meaning of the 1958 Act--is to be read as
                                                                                              4
                      a reference to a patient (other than a voluntary patient) within the
                                                                                              5
                      meaning of this Act, or
                                                                                              6
             (g)      to a person detained in an admission centre under section 12 of
                                                                                              7
                      the 1958 Act--is to be read as a reference to a person taken to and
                                                                                              8
                      detained in a mental health facility under Part 2 of Chapter 3 of
                                                                                              9
                      this Act, or
                                                                                             10
             (h)      to a patient or an insane patient, or both, within the meaning of
                                                                                             11
                      the 1898 Act--is to be read as a reference to a patient (other than
                                                                                             12
                      a voluntary patient) within the meaning of this Act, or
                                                                                             13
             (i)      to a lunatic within the meaning of the 1898 Act--is to be read as
                                                                                             14
                      a reference to a mentally ill person.
                                                                                             15
      (3)    A reference (however expressed) in any other Act, in any instrument
                                                                                             16
             made under an Act or in any other instrument of any kind:
                                                                                             17
             (a) to a provision of the 1958 Act or of the 1898 Act--is, except as
                                                                                             18
                   provided by paragraph (c), to be read as a reference to the
                                                                                             19
                   corresponding provision, if any, of this Act or of the Protected
                                                                                             20
                   Estates Act 1983, as the case requires, or
                                                                                             21
             (b) to the 1958 Act or the 1898 Act--is, except as provided by
                                                                                             22
                   paragraph (c), to be read as a reference to this Act or the Protected
                                                                                             23
                   Estates Act 1983, as the case requires, or
                                                                                             24
             (c) to the keeping in strict custody pursuant to section 23 (3) of the
                                                                                             25
                   1958 Act of any person--is to be read as a reference to the
                                                                                             26
                   detention of that person pursuant to section 25 or 39, as the case
                                                                                             27
                   requires, of the Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990.
                                                                                             28
 5    Mental health facilities
                                                                                             29
      (1)    A place that was, immediately before the repeal of section 208 of the
                                                                                             30
             1990 Act, the subject of an order in force under that section is taken to
                                                                                             31
             be a declared mental health facility the subject of an order in force under
                                                                                             32
             section 109 of this Act and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                             33
      (2)    A place that was, immediately before the repeal of section 212 of the
                                                                                             34
             1990 Act, licensed under that section is taken to be the subject of a
                                                                                             35
             licence in force under section 116 of this Act and this Act applies
                                                                                             36
             accordingly.
                                                                                             37
 6    Medical superintendents and deputy medical superintendents
                                                                                             38
      (1)    A person appointed as a medical superintendent or a deputy medical
                                                                                             39
             superintendent of a hospital under the 1990 Act immediately before the
                                                                                             40
             repeal of the provision of that Act under which the person was


Page 112
Mental Health Bill 2006

Savings, transitional and other provisions                               Schedule 6




              appointed is taken to be appointed under the corresponding provision of      1
                                                                                           2
              this Act as the medical superintendent or deputy medical superintendent
                                                                                           3
              of the mental health facility concerned and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                           4
       (2)    The term of appointment of any such person as a medical
                                                                                           5
              superintendent or deputy medical superintendent ends on the day on
                                                                                           6
              which the term under the 1990 Act would have ended, subject to any
                                                                                           7
              re-appointment of the person under this Act.
                                                                                           8
  7    Directors and deputy directors of health care agencies
                                                                                           9
              A person appointed as the director or a deputy director of a heath care
                                                                                          10
              agency under the 1990 Act immediately before the repeal of the
                                                                                          11
              provision of that Act under which the person was appointed is taken to
                                                                                          12
              be appointed under this Act as the director of community treatment or
                                                                                          13
              deputy director of community treatment of the mental health facility
                                                                                          14
              concerned and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                          15
  8    Official visitors
                                                                                          16
       (1)    A person appointed as an official visitor under section 226 or 228 of the
                                                                                          17
              1990 Act immediately before the repeal of section 228 of that Act is
                                                                                          18
              taken to have been appointed under section 128 or 129, respectively, of
                                                                                          19
              this Act and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                          20
       (2)    The term of appointment of any such person as an official visitor ends
                                                                                          21
              on the day on which the term under the 1990 Act would have ended,
                                                                                          22
              subject to any re-appointment of the person under this Act.
                                                                                          23
  9    Accredited persons
                                                                                          24
       (1)    A person appointed as an accredited person under section 287A of the
                                                                                          25
              1990 Act immediately before the repeal of that section is taken to have
                                                                                          26
              been appointed under section 136 of this Act and this Act applies
                                                                                          27
              accordingly.
                                                                                          28
       (2)    The term of appointment of any such person as an accredited person
                                                                                          29
              ends on the day on which the term under the 1990 Act would have
                                                                                          30
              ended, subject to any re-appointment of the person under this Act.
                                                                                          31
10     Mental Health Review Tribunal
                                                                                          32
       (1)    A person appointed as a member of the Tribunal under the 1990 Act
                                                                                          33
              immediately before the repeal of section 252 of that Act is taken to have
                                                                                          34
              been appointed under this Act and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                          35
       (2)    The term of appointment of any such person as a member of the
                                                                                          36
              Tribunal ends on the day on which the term under the 1990 Act would
                                                                                          37
              have ended, subject to any re-appointment of the person under this Act.




                                                                            Page 113
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 6      Savings, transitional and other provisions




      (3)    Any decision, determination, recommendation or finding or order made          1
                                                                                           2
             or other thing done by the Tribunal under the 1990 Act and having any
                                                                                           3
             force or effect immediately before the repeal of section 252 of that Act
                                                                                           4
             is taken to have been made or done by the Tribunal under the
                                                                                           5
             corresponding provision of this Act or the Mental Health (Criminal
                                                                                           6
             Procedure) Act 1990.
                                                                                           7
11    Orders by prescribed authority
                                                                                           8
             An order made by a prescribed authority under the 1990 Act, and in
                                                                                           9
             force under that Act immediately before the commencement of this
                                                                                          10
             clause, is taken to have been made under the Mental Health (Criminal
                                                                                          11
             Procedure) Act 1990 (as amended by this Act) and that Act applies
                                                                                          12
             accordingly.
                                                                                          13
12    Existing patients and persons detained in mental health facilities
                                                                                          14
      (1)    A person who was a temporary patient or a continued treatment patient
                                                                                          15
             under the 1990 Act immediately before the commencement of this
                                                                                          16
             subclause is taken to be an involuntary patient detained under this Act
                                                                                          17
             and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                          18
      (2)    A person who was detained in a hospital as a mentally ill person or a
                                                                                          19
             mentally disordered person under the 1990 Act immediately before the
                                                                                          20
             commencement of this subclause is taken to be so detained under this
                                                                                          21
             Act and this Act applies accordingly.
                                                                                          22
      (3)    A person who was a forensic patient under the 1990 Act immediately
                                                                                          23
             before the commencement of this subclause is taken to be a forensic
                                                                                          24
             patient within the meaning of this Act and this Act and the Mental
                                                                                          25
             Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990 (as amended by this Act) apply
                                                                                          26
             accordingly.
                                                                                          27
      (4)    For the purposes of the application of this Act or the Mental Health
                                                                                          28
             (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990 to a patient or person referred to in this
                                                                                          29
             clause, the person is taken to have been detained or classified as a
                                                                                          30
             patient under this Act or that Act on the day the person was so detained
                                                                                          31
             or classified under the 1990 Act.
                                                                                          32
13    Absence from hospitals
                                                                                          33
      (1)    A grant of leave of absence from a hospital (including permission to be
                                                                                          34
             absent from hospital) for a patient in force under a provision of the 1990
                                                                                          35
             Act immediately before the commencement of this clause continues in
                                                                                          36
             force as if it were granted under the corresponding provision of this Act
                                                                                          37
             or, in the case of a forensic patient, the Mental Health (Criminal
                                                                                          38
             Procedure) Act 1990 (as amended by this Act) and this Act and that Act
                                                                                          39
             apply accordingly.




Page 114
Mental Health Bill 2006

Savings, transitional and other provisions                               Schedule 6




       (2)    A patient who was absent without leave from a hospital, or in breach of      1
                                                                                           2
              a condition of any such leave, immediately before the commencement
                                                                                           3
              of this clause may be apprehended and dealt with under this Act or the
                                                                                           4
              Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990 as if the person were
                                                                                           5
              absent without leave from a mental health facility or in breach of a
                                                                                           6
              condition of leave granted under this Act or that Act.
                                                                                           7
14     Existing treatment orders
                                                                                           8
       (1)    A medical practitioner may, for the purposes of administering electro
                                                                                           9
              convulsive therapy, rely on a consent or certificate obtained, or a
                                                                                          10
              decision made by the Tribunal, in accordance with Part 1 of Chapter 7
                                                                                          11
              of the 1990 Act and any such consent, certificate or decision is taken to
                                                                                          12
              have been obtained or made under this Act.
                                                                                          13
       (2)    A consent given under section 201 of the 1990 Act, and in force
                                                                                          14
              immediately before the commencement of this clause, continues to have
                                                                                          15
              effect for the purposes of carrying out the surgical operation concerned.
                                                                                          16
       (3)    A medical practitioner may, for the purposes of carrying out special
                                                                                          17
              medical treatment on a patient, rely on a consent obtained from or a
                                                                                          18
              decision made by the Tribunal or an authorised officer, in accordance
                                                                                          19
              with Part 2 of Chapter 7 of the 1990 Act and any such consent or
                                                                                          20
              decision is taken to have been obtained or made under this Act.
                                                                                          21
       (4)    For the purposes of subclause (3), the consent of an authorised officer
                                                                                          22
              is taken to be the consent of an authorised medical practitioner.
                                                                                          23
15     Pending proceedings
                                                                                          24
              Any proceedings pending, immediately before the commencement of
                                                                                          25
              this clause, under the 1990 Act before any court, the Tribunal, a
                                                                                          26
              Magistrate or any other person:
                                                                                          27
               (a) are taken to be proceedings pending before the court, the
                                                                                          28
                     Tribunal, Magistrate or other person before which or whom those
                                                                                          29
                     proceedings could be brought under this Act or the Mental Health
                                                                                          30
                     (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990 if those proceedings had been
                                                                                          31
                     commenced on or after that commencement, and
                                                                                          32
              (b) are to be continued before and disposed of by the court, Tribunal,
                                                                                          33
                     Magistrate or person accordingly.
                                                                                          34
16     Supreme Court
                                                                                          35
       (1)    A person ordered to be brought before the Court for examination under
                                                                                          36
              section 285 of the 1990 Act, who is not examined before the repeal of
                                                                                          37
              that section, is to be examined and dealt with under section 166 of this
                                                                                          38
              Act.




                                                                            Page 115
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 6      Savings, transitional and other provisions




      (2)    A person appointed as an assessor under section 283 of the 1990 Act         1
                                                                                         2
             immediately before the repeal of that section is taken to have been
                                                                                         3
             appointed under section 165 of this Act and this Act applies
                                                                                         4
             accordingly.
                                                                                         5
17    Interstate matters
                                                                                         6
             Anything done or omitted under Chapter 10A of the 1990 Act, and
                                                                                         7
             having effect immediately before the repeal of that Chapter, is taken to
                                                                                         8
             have been done or omitted under the corresponding provision of
                                                                                         9
             Chapter 8 of this Act and, subject to that Chapter, has effect
                                                                                        10
             accordingly.
                                                                                        11
18    Patient accounts and trust funds
                                                                                        12
             The following funds and accounts established under Part 3 of Chapter 8
                                                                                        13
             of the 1990 Act are taken to be established under the corresponding
                                                                                        14
             provisions of the regulations and the regulations apply accordingly:
                                                                                        15
             (a) any Patients Trust Fund,
                                                                                        16
             (b) any Patients Amenities Account,
                                                                                        17
             (c) a fund constituted under section 248 of the 1990 Act,
                                                                                        18
             (d) the Interest Account.




Page 116
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                     Schedule 7




Schedule 7                 Amendment of other Acts                                            1

                                                                            (Section 199)     2

7.1 Civil Liability Act 2002 No 22                                                            3

       Section 54D Damages supervision orders                                                 4

       Omit "Mental Health Act 1990" from section 54D (4).                                    5

       Insert instead "Mental Health Act 2006".                                               6

7.2 Civil Procedure Act 2005 No 28                                                            7

       Section 3 Definitions                                                                  8

       Omit paragraph (b) from the definition of person under legal incapacity in             9
       section 3 (1).                                                                        10

       Insert instead:                                                                       11
                     (b)    an involuntary patient or a forensic patient within the          12
                            meaning of the Mental Health Act 2006, and                       13

7.3 Disability Services Act 1993 No 3                                                        14

       Section 5 Target group                                                                15

       Omit section 5 (2). Insert instead:                                                   16

              (2)    For the purposes of this Act, the following persons (within the         17
                     meaning of the Mental Health Act 2006) are in the target group,         18
                     but only if the services provided for their care are not inconsistent   19
                     with the objects and relevant requirements of that Act:                 20
                     (a) an involuntary patient or a forensic patient,                       21
                     (b) a person subject to a community treatment order,                    22
                     (c) a person under detention in a mental health facility.               23

7.4 Guardianship Act 1987 No 257                                                             24

[1]    Section 3 Definitions                                                                 25

       Omit paragraph (a) (iii) from the definition of exempt premises in                    26
       section 3 (1).                                                                        27

       Insert instead:                                                                       28
                            (iii)   a mental health facility within the meaning of the       29
                                    Mental Health Act 2006,                                  30




                                                                               Page 117
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7      Amendment of other Acts




[2]   Section 3 (2) (c)                                                                    1
      Omit the paragraph. Insert instead:                                                  2
                   (c) who is a mentally ill person within the meaning of the              3
                        Mental Health Act 2006, or                                         4

[3]   Section 3C Relationship with Mental Health Act 2006                                  5

      Omit "Mental Health Act 1990" wherever occurring.                                    6

      Insert instead "Mental Health Act 2006".                                             7

[4]   Sections 25K (2) and 34 (2)                                                          8

      Omit "Mental Health Act 1990" wherever occurring.                                    9

      Insert instead "Mental Health Act 2006".                                            10

7.5 Interpretation Act 1987 No 15                                                         11

      Section 21 Meanings of commonly used words and expressions                          12

      Omit the definition of mentally incapacitated person from section 21 (1).           13

      Insert instead:                                                                     14
                    mentally incapacitated person means a person who is an                15
                    involuntary patient or a forensic patient within the meaning of the   16
                    Mental Health Act 2006, or a protected person within the              17
                    meaning of the Protected Estates Act 1983.                            18

7.6 Law Enforcement (Powers and Responsibilities) Act 2002                                19
    No 103                                                                                20

      Schedule 1 Acts not affected by this Act                                            21

      Omit "Mental Health Act 1990 No 9".                                                 22

      Insert instead "Mental Health Act 2006".                                            23

7.7 Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990 No 10                                     24

[1]   Section 3 Definitions                                                               25

      Omit the definitions of forensic patient, hospital and Mental Health Review         26
      Tribunal from section 3 (1).                                                        27

      Insert instead in alphabetical order:                                               28
                    forensic patient means a person:                                      29




Page 118
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                  Schedule 7




                     (a)   who is detained in a mental health facility, correctional       1
                                                                                           2
                           centre or other place, or released from custody subject to
                                                                                           3
                           conditions, pursuant to an order:
                                                                                           4
                            (i) under section 10 (3) (c), 14, 17 (3), 25, 27 or 39, or
                                                                                           5
                           (ii) an order under section 7 (4) of the Criminal Appeal
                                                                                           6
                                   Act 1912 (including that subsection as applied by
                                                                                           7
                                   section 5AA (5) of that Act), or
                                                                                           8
                     (b) who is granted bail pursuant to section 14 (b) (ii) or 17 (2),
                                                                                           9
                           or
                                                                                          10
                      (c) who is detained in a mental health facility pending the
                                                                                          11
                           person's committal for trial for an offence or pending the
                                                                                          12
                           person's trial for an offence, or
                                                                                          13
                     (d) who has been transferred to a mental health facility while
                                                                                          14
                           serving a sentence of imprisonment and who has not been
                                                                                          15
                           classified by the Tribunal as an involuntary patient.
                                                                                          16
                     involuntary patient has the same meaning as it has in the Mental
                                                                                          17
                     Health Act 2006.
                                                                                          18
                     mental health facility has the same meaning as it has in the
                                                                                          19
                     Mental Health Act 2006.
                                                                                          20
                     mentally ill person has the same meaning as it has in the Mental
                                                                                          21
                     Health Act 2006.
                                                                                          22
                     prescribed authority--see section 40.
                                                                                          23
                     Tribunal means the Mental Health Review Tribunal constituted
                                                                                          24
                     under the Mental Health Act 2006.
                                                                                          25
[2]    Section 14 Person found unfit to be tried
                                                                                          26
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal" from section 14 (a).
                                                                                          27
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                          28
[3]    Section 16 Functions of Tribunal on referral after inquiry
                                                                                          29
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal" from section 16 (1).
                                                                                          30
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                          31
[4]    Section 16 (2)
                                                                                          32
       Omit "hospital" wherever occurring. Insert instead "mental health facility".




                                                                            Page 119
                 Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7       Amendment of other Acts




 [5]   Section 17 Orders Court may make following determination of Tribunal            1
                                                                                       2
       that person will be fit to plead within 12 months
                                                                                       3
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal" wherever occurring in section 17 (1)
                                                                                       4
       and (4).
                                                                                       5
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                       6
 [6]   Section 17 (3)
                                                                                       7
       Omit "hospital" wherever occurring. Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                       8
 [7]   Section 19 Court to hold special hearing after advice received from
                                                                                       9
       Director of Public Prosecutions
                                                                                      10
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal under section 16 (3) of this Act or
                                                                                      11
       under section 80 (5) or 82 (3A) of the Mental Health Act 1990" from
                                                                                      12
       section 19 (1).
                                                                                      13
       Insert instead "Tribunal under section 16 (3), 42 (4) or 44 (2)".
                                                                                      14
 [8]   Section 24 Consequences of nomination of limiting term
                                                                                      15
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal" from section 24 (1) (a).
                                                                                      16
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                      17
 [9]   Section 24 (2)
                                                                                      18
       Omit "hospital" wherever occurring. Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                      19
[10]   Section 27 Orders Court may make following determination of Tribunal
                                                                                      20
       after limiting term is imposed
                                                                                      21
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal". Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                      22
[11]   Section 27 (a) and (b)
                                                                                      23
       Omit "hospital" wherever occurring. Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                      24
[12]   Section 29 Action to be taken on notification that person is fit to be tried
                                                                                      25
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal" wherever occurring in section 29 (1)
                                                                                      26
       and (2).
                                                                                      27
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                      28
[13]   Section 30 Procedure after completion of further inquiry
                                                                                      29
       Omit "hospital" wherever occurring in section 30 (2) (a) and (b).
                                                                                      30
       Insert instead "mental health facility".




Page 120
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                 Schedule 7




[14]   Section 32 Persons suffering from mental illness or condition                   1
                                                                                       2
       Omit "within the meaning of Chapter 3 of the Mental Health Act 1990" from
                                                                                       3
       section 32 (1).
                                                                                       4
[15]   Section 32 (3B) (b) and (3C) (b)
                                                                                       5
       Omit "authorised justice within the meaning of the Search Warrants Act 1985"
                                                                                       6
       wherever occurring.
                                                                                       7
       Insert instead "authorised officer within the meaning of the Criminal
                                                                                       8
       Procedure Act 1986".
                                                                                       9
[16]   Section 33 Mentally ill persons
                                                                                      10
       Omit "within the meaning of Chapter 3 of the Mental Health Act 1990"
                                                                                      11
       wherever occurring in section 33 (1) and (1D).
                                                                                      12
[17]   Section 33 (1) (a) and (b), (1D) (a) and (b) and (3)
                                                                                      13
       Omit "hospital" wherever occurring. Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                      14
[18]   Section 33 (1A) and (1B)
                                                                                      15
       Omit "Mental Health Act 1990" wherever occurring.
                                                                                      16
       Insert instead "Mental Health Act 2006".
                                                                                      17
[19]   Section 33 (1B)
                                                                                      18
       Omit "sections 131 (2), 132 and 133 (1) (a)".
                                                                                      19
       Insert instead "section 51 (1) and (2)".
                                                                                      20
[20]   Section 33 (1C)
                                                                                      21
       Omit "Chief Health Officer" wherever occurring.
                                                                                      22
       Insert instead "Director-General of the Department of Health".
                                                                                      23
[21]   Section 35 Transfer from correctional centre or detention centre
                                                                                      24
       Omit "hospital under section 97 or 98 of the Mental Health Act 1990" from
                                                                                      25
       section 35 (2).
                                                                                      26
       Insert instead "mental health facility under section 51".
                                                                                      27
[22]   Section 35 (2) (b)
                                                                                      28
       Omit "Chief Health Officer under section 97 or 98 of the Mental Health Act
                                                                                      29
       1990".
                                                                                      30
       Insert instead "Director-General of the Department of Health under section
                                                                                      31
       51".



                                                                          Page 121
                   Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




[23]   Section 35 (2) (c)                                                                 1
                                                                                          2
       Omit "section 97 or 98 of the Mental Health Act 1990".
                                                                                          3
       Insert instead "section 51".
                                                                                          4
[24]   Section 37 Explanation to jury
                                                                                          5
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal constituted under the Mental Health
                                                                                          6
       Act 1990" from section 37 (a).
                                                                                          7
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                          8
[25]   Section 37 (b)
                                                                                          9
       Omit "that Tribunal with respect to forensic patients within the meaning of
                                                                                         10
       that Act, including a reference to the requirements of that Act".
                                                                                         11
       Insert instead "the Tribunal with respect to forensic patients, including a
                                                                                         12
       reference to the requirements of this Act".
                                                                                         13
[26]   Section 39 Effect of finding and declaration of mental illness
                                                                                         14
       Omit "Mental Health Review Tribunal" from section 39 (3).
                                                                                         15
       Insert instead "Tribunal".
                                                                                         16
[27]   Part 5
                                                                                         17
       Insert after Part 4:

       Part 5         Forensic patients                                                  18


       Division 1             Preliminary                                                19

                                                                                         20
       40       Definitions
                                                                                         21
                      In this Part:
                                                                                         22
                      authorised medical officer has the same meaning as it has in the
                                                                                         23
                      Mental Health Act 2006.
                                                                                         24
                      correctional centre includes a detention centre.
                                                                                         25
                      Director-General means the Director-General of the Department
                                                                                         26
                      of Health.
                                                                                         27
                      prescribed authority, in relation to the exercise of a function,
                                                                                         28
                      means the authority prescribed by the regulations for the
                                                                                         29
                      purposes of the function concerned.




Page 122
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                     Schedule 7




       Division 2           Review and release of forensic patients                            1

                                                                                               2
       41     Initial review by Tribunal of cases of persons found not guilty by
                                                                                               3
              reason of mental illness
                                                                                               4
              (1)    The Tribunal must review a person's case as soon as practicable
                                                                                               5
                     after the person is found not guilty of an offence by reason of
                                                                                               6
                     mental illness, after a special hearing, a trial or on an appeal, and
                                                                                               7
                     ordered to be detained in a mental health facility or other place or
                                                                                               8
                     to be released from custody subject to conditions.
                                                                                               9
                     Note. Relevant orders may be made under this Act (including sections
                                                                                              10
                     25 and 39) and under section 7 (4) of the Criminal Appeal Act 1912
                                                                                              11
                     (including that subsection as applied by section 5AA (5) of that Act).
                                                                                              12
              (2)    The Tribunal must, after reviewing a person's case, make a
                                                                                              13
                     recommendation to the Minister:
                                                                                              14
                      (a) as to the person's care, detention or treatment, or
                                                                                              15
                     (b) if the Tribunal is satisfied, on the evidence available to it,
                                                                                              16
                          that the safety of the person or any member of the public
                                                                                              17
                          will not be seriously endangered by the person's release, as
                                                                                              18
                          to the person's release (either unconditionally or subject to
                                                                                              19
                          conditions).
                                                                                              20
              (3)    On a recommendation being made under this section for a
                                                                                              21
                     person's release, the prescribed authority may, subject to the
                                                                                              22
                     regulations, make an order (either unconditionally or subject to
                                                                                              23
                     conditions) for the person's release.
                                                                                              24
       42     Initial review by Tribunal of patient found unfit to be tried after
                                                                                              25
              order for detention
                                                                                              26
              (1)    The Tribunal must review a person's case as soon as practicable
                                                                                              27
                     after:
                                                                                              28
                     (a) an order is made under section 17 (3) in relation to the
                                                                                              29
                            person, or
                                                                                              30
                     (b) an order is made under section 27 in relation to the person.
                                                                                              31
              (2)    On a review, the Tribunal must determine whether, in its opinion:
                                                                                              32
                     (a) the person has become fit to be tried for an offence, and
                                                                                              33
                     (b) the safety of any person or any member of the public will
                                                                                              34
                           be seriously endangered by the person's release.
                                                                                              35
              (3)    If the Tribunal is of the opinion that the person has not become fit
                                                                                              36
                     to be tried for an offence and is satisfied that the safety of any
                                                                                              37
                     person or any member of the public will not be seriously
                                                                                              38
                     endangered by the person's release, it must make a
                                                                                              39
                     recommendation to the Minister for the person's release.



                                                                                Page 123
                   Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




             (4)      The Tribunal must notify the court that made the finding of            1
                                                                                             2
                      unfitness and the Director of Public Prosecutions if, on a review,
                                                                                             3
                      it is of the opinion that the person:
                                                                                             4
                       (a) has become fit to be tried for an offence, or
                                                                                             5
                      (b) has not become fit to be tried for an offence and will not,
                                                                                             6
                              during the period of 12 months after the finding of
                                                                                             7
                              unfitness by the court, become fit to be tried for the
                                                                                             8
                              offence.
                                                                                             9
      43     Further reviews by Tribunal of forensic patients
                                                                                            10
             (1)      The Tribunal must review the case of each forensic patient every
                                                                                            11
                      12 months but may review the case of any forensic patient at any
                                                                                            12
                      time.
                                                                                            13
             (2)      The Tribunal must review the case of a forensic patient if
                                                                                            14
                      requested to do so by the Minister for Health, the Attorney
                                                                                            15
                      General, the Minister for Justice, the Director-General or the
                                                                                            16
                      medical superintendent of the mental health facility in which the
                                                                                            17
                      patient is detained.
                                                                                            18
             (3)      For the purposes of a review, the Tribunal may communicate
                                                                                            19
                      with any persons, take any action and make any
                                                                                            20
                      recommendations it thinks fit.
                                                                                            21
             (4)      On a review, the Tribunal may make a recommendation to the
                                                                                            22
                      Minister as to one or more of the following:
                                                                                            23
                      (a) if the Tribunal is satisfied, on the evidence available to it,
                                                                                            24
                            that the safety of the person or any member of the public
                                                                                            25
                            will not be seriously endangered by the person's release, as
                                                                                            26
                            to the patient's release (either conditionally or
                                                                                            27
                            unconditionally),
                                                                                            28
                      (b) as to the patient's continued detention, care or treatment in
                                                                                            29
                            a mental health facility, correctional centre or other place.
                                                                                            30
             (5)      The Tribunal may not make a recommendation for the release of
                                                                                            31
                      a patient if:
                                                                                            32
                      (a) the patient is a person who has been remanded in custody
                                                                                            33
                             under section 10 (3) (c) pending an inquiry into the
                                                                                            34
                             question of the person's unfitness to be tried for an
                                                                                            35
                             offence, or
                                                                                            36
                      (b) the patient has been transferred to a mental health facility
                                                                                            37
                             while serving a sentence of imprisonment and has not
                                                                                            38
                             served the term of the sentence or, if a non-parole period
                                                                                            39
                             has been set in relation to the sentence, the non-parole
                                                                                            40
                             period.



Page 124
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                   Schedule 7




       44     Reviews of persons found unfit to be tried                                    1
              (1)    On reviewing under section 43 the case of a forensic patient who       2
                     is subject to a finding that the person is unfit to be tried for an    3
                     offence, the Tribunal may make a recommendation as to the              4
                     fitness of the patient to be tried for an offence.                     5

              (2)    The Tribunal must notify the court that made the finding of            6
                     unfitness and the Director of Public Prosecutions if, on a review,     7
                     it is of the opinion that the person:                                  8
                      (a) has become fit to be tried for an offence, or                     9
                     (b) has not become fit to be tried for an offence and will not,       10
                             during the period of 12 months after the finding of           11
                             unfitness by the court, become fit to be tried for the        12
                             offence.                                                      13

       45     Release of patients after being found unfit to be tried or on further        14
              review                                                                       15

              (1)    On receiving a recommendation under section 42 or 43 for the          16
                     release of a person, the Minister must notify the Attorney General    17
                     of the recommendation and at the same time furnish a copy of the      18
                     notification to the Director of Public Prosecutions.                  19

              (2)    The Director of Public Prosecutions must, within 21 days after        20
                     the date of any such notification, indicate to the Attorney General   21
                     whether the Director intends to proceed with criminal charges         22
                     against the person concerned.                                         23

              (3)    The prescribed authority must not order the person's release if,      24
                     within 30 days after being notified of the recommendation, the        25
                     Attorney General indicates an objection to the person's release on    26
                     the ground that:                                                      27
                      (a) the person has served insufficient time in custody or under      28
                            detention, or                                                  29
                     (b) the Attorney General or the Director of Public                    30
                            Prosecutions intends to proceed with criminal charges          31
                            against the person.                                            32

              (4)    The prescribed authority may, subject to the regulations, make an     33
                     order (either unconditionally or subject to conditions) for the       34
                     person's release if the Attorney General fails to indicate any such   35
                     objection within that period.                                         36

              (5)    Before ordering the person's release, the prescribed authority        37
                     must inform the Minister for Police of the date of the person's       38
                     release.                                                              39




                                                                             Page 125
               Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




      46     Review of persons transferred from correctional centres                            1
             (1)      The Tribunal must review the case of a person transferred under           2
                      Division 3 to a mental health facility from a correctional centre         3
                      as soon as practicable after the person is so transferred and must        4
                      make a recommendation to the prescribed authority as to the               5
                      person's continued detention, care or treatment in a mental health        6
                      facility.                                                                 7

             (2)      On a review, the Tribunal is to determine whether the person is a         8
                      mentally ill person who should continue to be detained in a               9
                      mental health facility.                                                  10

             (3)      In addition to any review required under subsection (1), the             11
                      Tribunal must informally review the cases of the following               12
                      persons each month in order to determine whether their pending           13
                      legal proceedings are delayed:                                           14
                       (a) a person referred to in subsection (1) whose trial for an           15
                             offence has not been completed,                                   16
                      (b) a person referred to in subsection (1) who is subject to a           17
                             finding that the person is unfit to be tried for an offence and   18
                             a person in respect of whom a special hearing under               19
                             section 19 has not been conducted.                                20

             (4)      If the Tribunal determines on an informal review that there is           21
                      such a delay, the Tribunal may take such action as it thinks fit.        22

             (5)      On an informal review, the Tribunal may make a                           23
                      recommendation as to the person's continued detention, care or           24
                      treatment.                                                               25

             (6)      If a person is transferred under Division 3 from a correctional          26
                      centre to a mental health facility, the Tribunal may, at any time,       27
                      make a recommendation to the prescribed authority that the               28
                      person be transferred to a correctional centre.                          29

             (7)      For the purposes of a review under this section, the Tribunal may        30
                      communicate with such persons, take such action and make such            31
                      recommendations as the Tribunal thinks fit.                              32

      47     Community treatment orders                                                        33

             (1)      On a review under this Division, the Tribunal may make a                 34
                      community treatment order in relation to a patient recommended           35
                      to be released conditionally or to be transferred to a correctional      36
                      centre or other place.                                                   37

             (2)      Any such community treatment order has effect only if it is              38
                      confirmed in writing by the prescribed authority.                        39




Page 126
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                    Schedule 7




              (3)    Part 3 of Chapter 3 of the Mental Health Act 2006 applies to the        1
                     making of any such order, subject to any modifications                  2
                     prescribed by the regulations under that Act or under this Act.         3

       48     Prescribed authority may make orders as to detention, care or                  4
              treatment                                                                      5

                     On a recommendation being made by the Tribunal (other than a            6
                     recommendation as to the release of a person) under this Part as        7
                     to the detention, care or treatment of a person, the prescribed         8
                     authority may, subject to the regulations, make an order for the        9
                     person's detention, care or treatment in a mental health facility,     10
                     correctional centre or other place specified in the order and in the   11
                     manner specified in the order.                                         12

       49     Transfer of patients                                                          13

              (1)    On a review under this Part, the Tribunal may make a                   14
                     recommendation to the Minister as to the transfer of the patient to    15
                     a mental health facility, correctional centre or other place.          16

              (2)    On a recommendation being made under this Part for the transfer        17
                     of a person, the prescribed authority may, subject to the              18
                     regulations, make an order for the transfer of the patient to a        19
                     mental health facility, correctional centre or other place.            20

       50     Recommendations not required for forensic patients classified as              21
              involuntary patients                                                          22

                     The Tribunal is not required to make any recommendation that it        23
                     would otherwise be required to make on a review of a forensic          24
                     patient if it classifies the patient as an involuntary patient under   25
                     section 67.                                                            26

       Division 3          Transfers to and from correctional centres                       27

       51     Transfer from correctional centre by Director-General                         28

              (1)    The Director-General may, by order in writing, order that a            29
                     person imprisoned in a correctional centre be transferred to a         30
                     mental health facility.                                                31

              (2)    The Director-General may make an order under subsection (1) on         32
                     the basis of 2 certificates about the person's condition issued by     33
                     2 medical practitioners, one of whom is a psychiatrist. The            34
                     certificate is to be in the form set out in Schedule 2.                35

              (3)    A transfer order may be made without the person's consent if it        36
                     appears to the Director-General, on the basis of the certificates,     37
                     that the person is a mentally ill person.                              38




                                                                              Page 127
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




             (4)      A transfer order may be made with the person's consent if it            1
                      appears to the Director-General, on the basis of the certificates,      2
                      that the person is suffering from a mental condition for which          3
                      treatment is available in a mental health facility.                     4

             (5)      The Director-General may revoke an order made under this                5
                      section.                                                                6

             (6)      The Director-General must notify the Tribunal in writing of any         7
                      transfer order.                                                         8

      52     Transfer back to correctional centre                                             9

             (1)      This section applies to a forensic patient transferred to a mental     10
                      health facility under any provision of this Division.                  11

             (2)      The patient must be transferred back to the correctional centre        12
                      within 7 days unless the Director-General, or a person authorised      13
                      by the Director-General for the purposes of this section, is of the    14
                      opinion that:                                                          15
                      (a) the patient is a mentally ill person or is suffering from a        16
                            mental condition for which treatment is available in a           17
                            mental health facility, and                                      18
                      (b) other care of an appropriate kind would not be available to        19
                            the person in the correctional centre.                           20

             (3)      The patient may be transferred back to the correctional centre at      21
                      any time if the Director-General or a person authorised by the         22
                      Director-General is of the opinion that:                               23
                      (a) the patient has ceased to be a mentally ill person or to be        24
                            suffering from a mental condition for which treatment is         25
                            available in a mental health facility, or                        26
                      (b) other care of an appropriate kind would be reasonably              27
                            available to the patient in a correctional centre.               28

             (4)      Nothing in this section affects the powers of the Tribunal to          29
                      receive and make recommendations in respect of a patient               30
                      transferred to a mental health facility from a correctional centre.    31

      53     Requests for transfer to correctional centre                                    32

             (1)      A forensic patient who is detained in a mental health facility may,    33
                      at any time, request the Tribunal to make a recommendation to a        34
                      prescribed authority for an order that the patient be transferred to   35
                      a correctional centre.                                                 36




Page 128
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                     Schedule 7




              (2)    The Tribunal, after considering any such request, may make the           1
                     recommendation requested by the forensic patient or may refuse           2
                     to make that recommendation.                                             3

              (3)    The Tribunal must make the recommendation if it is satisfied that        4
                     the person is not a mentally ill person.                                 5
                     Note. Section 49 empowers the prescribed authority to make the           6
                     transfer order.                                                          7

       54     Review by Tribunal of patients awaiting transfer to mental health               8
              facility                                                                        9

              (1)    The Tribunal must informally review the case of a person who is         10
                     subject to an order for transfer to a mental health facility under      11
                     this Division but who is not transferred within the period              12
                     prescribed by the regulations.                                          13

              (2)    The Tribunal must carry out such a review each month until the          14
                     person is transferred to a mental health facility or the Tribunal       15
                     recommends to the Director-General that the transfer not take           16
                     place.                                                                  17

              (3)    On a review, the Tribunal may make a recommendation to the              18
                     prescribed authority as to the person's detention, care or              19
                     treatment in a mental health facility or other place and in the         20
                     manner specified in the order.                                          21
                     Note. Section 48 empowers the prescribed authority to make an order     22
                     giving effect to a recommendation of the Tribunal.                      23

              (4)    For the purposes of a review under this section, the Tribunal may       24
                     communicate with such persons, take such action and make such           25
                     recommendations as the Tribunal thinks fit.                             26

       Division 4          Leave of absence for forensic patients                            27

       55     Leave of absence for forensic patients                                         28

              (1)    An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility may           29
                     allow a forensic patient to be absent from the mental health            30
                     facility for the period, and subject to the conditions (if any), that   31
                     the officer thinks fit.                                                 32

              (2)    The authorised medical officer must not grant leave of absence if       33
                     the Tribunal has previously, under similar circumstances, refused       34
                     to recommend that leave of absence in similar terms be granted          35
                     to the patient.                                                         36

              (3)    A forensic patient may apply to the medical superintendent for          37
                     special leave of absence for any of the following purposes:             38
                     (a) to visit a sick or dying relative,                                  39



                                                                               Page 129
               Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




                      (b)   to attend the funeral of a near relative,                       1
                      (c)   to deal with circumstances constituting, in the opinion of      2
                            the medical superintendent and the Director-General, an         3
                            emergency.                                                      4

             (4)      On receiving an application for special leave of absence, the         5
                      medical superintendent may recommend to the Director-General          6
                      that leave be granted, if the medical superintendent is of the        7
                      opinion that, having regard to the leave proposed, the safety of      8
                      the patient or any member of the public will not be seriously         9
                      endangered if the special leave of absence is granted.               10

             (5)      The Director-General may approve the recommendation and              11
                      grant special leave of absence to the forensic patient for the       12
                      period and subject to the conditions (if any) that the               13
                      Director-General thinks fit.                                         14

      56     Leave of absence for medical reasons                                          15

             (1)      An authorised medical officer of a mental health facility may        16
                      allow a forensic patient to be absent from the facility for the      17
                      period, and subject to the conditions (if any), that the officer     18
                      thinks fit for the purpose of undergoing medical investigation or    19
                      treatment.                                                           20

             (2)      The authorised medical officer must notify the Director-General      21
                      of any absence permitted under this section.                         22

      57     Leave of absence on review of case                                            23

             (1)      The Tribunal may, as a consequence of the review of the case of      24
                      a forensic patient, and if of the opinion that it will benefit the   25
                      health of the patient to do so, make a recommendation to the         26
                      prescribed authority that the patient be allowed to be absent from   27
                      a mental health facility for such period and subject to such terms   28
                      and conditions, if any, as the Tribunal thinks fit.                  29

             (2)      If any such recommendation is made in respect of a forensic          30
                      patient, the prescribed authority may, subject to the regulations,   31
                      make an order allowing the patient to be absent from a mental        32
                      health facility for such period and subject to such terms and        33
                      conditions, if any, as are specified in the order.                   34

             (3)      The Tribunal may not make a recommendation unless it is              35
                      satisfied that, having regard to the leave proposed to be granted,   36
                      the safety of the patient or any member of the public will not be    37
                      seriously endangered if the leave of absence is granted.             38




Page 130
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                   Schedule 7




       Division 5          Breaches of orders and escapes by forensic                       1
                           patients                                                         2

       58     Breach of orders for release                                                  3

              (1)    The prescribed authority may make an order under this section in       4
                     respect of a person if it appears to the prescribed authority that:    5
                      (a) the person has breached a condition of an order for the           6
                           person's conditional release under this Part, or                 7
                     (b) the person has committed a breach of an order releasing the        8
                           person from custody under section 39, or                         9
                      (c) the person has breached a condition of leave of absence          10
                           granted under this Part, or                                     11
                     (d) the person has been granted conditional release or leave of       12
                           absence under this Part and has suffered a deterioration of     13
                           mental condition and become a serious danger to himself         14
                           or herself or to any member of the public because of his or     15
                           her mental condition.                                           16

              (2)    The prescribed authority may order the patient's apprehension         17
                     and detention, care or treatment in a mental health facility,         18
                     correctional centre or other place, and in the manner, specified in   19
                     the order.                                                            20

              (3)    A police officer to whose notice a detention order is brought         21
                     must:                                                                 22
                     (a) apprehend and take or assist in taking the person to the          23
                           mental health facility, correctional centre or other place      24
                           specified in the order, or                                      25
                     (b) cause or make arrangements for some other police officer          26
                           to do so.                                                       27

              (4)    A police officer may enter premises to apprehend a person under       28
                     this section, and may apprehend any such person, without a            29
                     warrant and may exercise any of the powers conferred on a             30
                     person who is authorised under section 81 of the Mental Health        31
                     Act 2006 to take a person to a mental health facility.                32

       59     Apprehended person may seek reconsideration by Tribunal                      33

              (1)    A person who is apprehended under section 58 may request the          34
                     Tribunal to investigate the evidence on which the order for the       35
                     person's apprehension was made and may adduce other evidence          36
                     for the consideration of the Tribunal.                                37




                                                                             Page 131
               Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




             (2)      On a reconsideration under this section, the Tribunal may make        1
                      such recommendations as it thinks fit concerning the person to        2
                      the prescribed authority.                                             3

      60     Retaking of escapees                                                           4

             (1)      A forensic patient who escapes from a mental health facility may      5
                      be retaken at any time by any of the following persons:               6
                      (a) the medical superintendent of the mental health facility or       7
                             any other suitably qualified person employed in the mental     8
                             health facility who is authorised to do so by the medical      9
                             superintendent,                                               10
                      (b) a police officer,                                                11
                      (c) a person authorised by the Director-General or the medical       12
                             superintendent,                                               13
                      (d) a person assisting a person referred to in paragraph (a), (b)    14
                             or (c).                                                       15

             (2)      On being retaken, the patient is to be conveyed to and detained in   16
                      the mental health facility from which the patient escaped.           17

      61     Aiding or permitting escape                                                   18

             (1)      A person must not release or attempt to release a person who is      19
                      being conveyed to or detained in a mental health facility under      20
                      this Act.                                                            21

             (2)      A medical superintendent or any other person employed in a           22
                      mental health facility must not:                                     23
                      (a) through wilful neglect or connivance, permit any person          24
                           detained in the facility under this Act to escape from the      25
                           facility, or                                                    26
                      (b) abet or connive at the escape of any such person from a          27
                           mental health facility.                                         28
                      Maximum penalty:                                                     29
                      (a) on conviction on indictment--imprisonment for 3 years,           30
                           or                                                              31
                      (b) on summary conviction--imprisonment for 1 year or 10             32
                           penalty units, or both.                                         33

      62     Issue of warrants for apprehension of persons outside State                   34

                      A Magistrate or authorised officer within the meaning of the         35
                      Criminal Procedure Act 1986 may issue a warrant for the              36
                      apprehension of a person if a credible person, on oath before the    37




Page 132
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                     Schedule 7




                     Magistrate or officer, shows reasonable cause to suspect that the        1
                     person is a forensic patient:                                            2
                     (a) who has escaped from a mental health facility and is                 3
                           outside the State, or                                              4
                     (b) is the subject of an order under section 58.                         5

       Division 6          Termination of classification as forensic                          6
                           patient                                                            7

       63     Termination of classification as forensic patient on unconditional              8
              release                                                                         9

              (1)    A forensic patient ceases to be a forensic patient if any of the        10
                     following events occurs:                                                11
                      (a) the person is released unconditionally in accordance with          12
                           an order under this Part of the prescribed authority,             13
                     (b) if the person has been released in accordance with such an          14
                           order subject to conditions--the time specified in the            15
                           conditions as being a time during which those conditions,         16
                           or any of them, are to be complied with expires.                  17

              (2)    This section applies in addition to sections 64-67.                     18

       64     Additional circumstances for termination of classification as                  19
              forensic patient                                                               20

              (1)    A person who has been detained in a mental health facility,             21
                     correctional centre or other place following a special hearing          22
                     under section 19 ceases to be a forensic patient if any of the          23
                     following events occurs:                                                24
                      (a) the limiting term (where that term is less than life) imposed      25
                           in respect of the person expires,                                 26
                     (b) the person is classified as an involuntary patient.                 27

              (2)    A person who has been found by a court to be unfit to be tried for      28
                     an offence ceases to be a forensic patient if the Tribunal notifies     29
                     the court and the Director of Public Prosecutions that it is of the     30
                     opinion that the person has become fit to be tried for an offence       31
                     (whether or not a special hearing has been conducted in respect         32
                     of the offence) and:                                                    33
                      (a) a finding is made, at a further inquiry by the court as to the     34
                            person's unfitness, that the person is fit to be tried for the   35
                            offence, or                                                      36
                     (b) the Director of Public Prosecutions advises the Minister            37
                            for Health that the person will not be further proceeded         38




                                                                               Page 133
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7      Amendment of other Acts




                          against in respect of the offence and the person is released     1
                          from detention pursuant to section 29.                           2

      65     Termination of classification of forensic patient serving sentence            3
             of imprisonment                                                               4

                   A person who became a forensic patient because the person was           5
                   transferred to a mental health facility from a correctional centre      6
                   under this Part ceases to be a forensic patient if any of the           7
                   following events occurs:                                                8
                    (a) the person is transferred to a correctional centre from the        9
                          mental health facility,                                         10
                   (b) the person's sentence of imprisonment expires,                     11
                    (c) if the person's non-parole period has expired--the person         12
                          is released unconditionally by order of the prescribed          13
                          authority following a recommendation of the Tribunal,           14
                   (d) if the person has been released in accordance with such an         15
                          order subject to conditions--the time specified in the          16
                          conditions as being a time during which those conditions,       17
                          or any of them, are to be complied with expires.                18

      66     Termination of classification as forensic patient of person on               19
             remand                                                                       20

                   A person on remand who is a forensic patient because the person        21
                   has been transferred to a mental health facility ceases to be a        22
                   forensic patient if any of the following events occurs:                23
                    (a) the person is released (which the Minister for Health is          24
                         hereby authorised to order or to otherwise ensure)               25
                         following advice by the Director of Public Prosecutions          26
                         that the person will not be further proceeded against in         27
                         respect of the offence in relation to which the person has       28
                         been remanded,                                                   29
                   (b) the person is transferred to a correctional centre.                30

      67     Classification as involuntary patient                                        31

             (1)   The Tribunal may, on a review of a forensic patient under this         32
                   Act, classify the patient as an involuntary patient if the patient     33
                   would, by virtue of the operation of this Act or any other law,        34
                   cease to be a forensic patient within 6 months after the date of the   35
                   review and the patient:                                                36
                    (a) has been detained in a mental health facility, correctional       37
                          centre or other place following a special hearing under         38
                          section 19, or                                                  39




Page 134
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                     Schedule 7




                     (b)   has been transferred to a mental health facility from a            1
                           correctional centre while serving a sentence of                    2
                           imprisonment.                                                      3

              (2)    On classification as an involuntary patient under this section, the      4
                     person ceases to be a forensic patient.                                  5

       68     Release on ceasing to be a forensic patient                                     6

              (1)    A person who ceases to be a forensic patient must be discharged          7
                     from the mental health facility in which the person is detained if       8
                     the person ceases to be a forensic patient.                              9

              (2)    Nothing in this section prevents a person who ceases to be a            10
                     forensic patient from being dealt with under Chapter 3 of the           11
                     Mental Health Act 2006.                                                 12

       Division 7          General                                                           13

       69     Security conditions for forensic patients                                      14

              (1)    A forensic patient who is detained in a mental health facility,         15
                     correctional centre or other place or absent in accordance with         16
                     this Part is to be subject to any security conditions that the          17
                     Director-General considers necessary.                                   18

              (2)    Despite subsection (1), a forensic patient detained in any part of      19
                     the Long Bay Prison Hospital that is a mental health facility is to     20
                     be subject to any security conditions that the Director-General of      21
                     the Department of Corrective Services considers necessary.              22

              (3)    For the purposes of subsection (2):                                     23
                     (a) any part of the Long Bay Prison Hospital that is a mental           24
                           health facility is taken to be a correctional centre within the   25
                           meaning of the Crimes (Administration of Sentences) Act           26
                           1999, and                                                         27
                     (b) a forensic patient who is detained in that facility is taken to     28
                           be an inmate within the meaning of that Act and that Act          29
                           and the regulations made under that Act, apply to any such        30
                           patient, subject to any modifications and to the extent           31
                           specified by the regulations.                                     32

       70     Transport of forensic patients                                                 33

              (1)    A forensic patient may be transported to or from a mental health        34
                     facility, correctional centre or other place if it is necessary or      35
                     convenient to do so for the administration of this Act or the           36
                     Mental Health Act 2006. Any such transport is to be subject to          37




                                                                               Page 135
               Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7         Amendment of other Acts




                      any security conditions that the Director-General considers              1
                      necessary.                                                               2

             (2)      An authorised medical officer may, by order in writing, order the        3
                      transfer of a forensic patient detained in a mental health facility      4
                      to another mental health facility.                                       5

             (3)      The order is sufficient authority for the transfer.                      6

             (4)      A forensic patient may be taken to or from a mental health facility      7
                      by a person referred to in section 81 (1) of the Mental Health Act       8
                      2006 and any other person prescribed by the regulations.                 9

             (5)      Section 81 of that Act applies to or in respect of the transport of     10
                      a forensic patient to or from a mental health facility in the same      11
                      way as it applies to or in respect of the transport of a person under   12
                      that Act.                                                               13

      71     Other Ministers may make transfer orders as prescribed authority                 14

                      An order that may be made under this Part by a prescribed               15
                      authority for the transfer of a person between a correctional           16
                      centre and a mental health facility or other place or between a         17
                      mental health facility and a place other than a correctional centre     18
                      may, in the absence or unavailability, for any cause, of the            19
                      prescribed authority be made by any Minister of the Crown.              20

      72     Appeals against decisions of authorised medical officers                         21

             (1)      A forensic patient may appeal to the Tribunal against a failure or      22
                      refusal by an authorised medical officer to grant the patient leave     23
                      of absence under this Part.                                             24

             (2)      An appeal may be made orally or in writing and is to be made in         25
                      accordance with the regulations. An oral appeal is to be recorded       26
                      in accordance with the regulations.                                     27

             (3)      The authorised medical officer must provide the Tribunal with a         28
                      report about the patient, including the officer's reasons for           29
                      refusing or failing to grant leave of absence.                          30

             (4)      The Tribunal, for the purpose of determining an appeal, has and         31
                      may exercise the functions of the authorised medical officer with       32
                      respect to the granting of leave and may make an order                  33
                      accordingly.                                                            34

             (5)      In addition, the Tribunal may determine that no further right of        35
                      appeal may be exercised under this section before the date on           36
                      which the person is next reviewed by the Tribunal under this Act,       37
                      if it thinks it appropriate to do so.                                   38




Page 136
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                         Schedule 7




       73     Planning for release and leave                                                        1
                                                                                                    2
              (1)    The authorised medical officer of a mental health facility in
                                                                                                    3
                     which a forensic patient is detained must, if the person is to be
                                                                                                    4
                     released or granted leave under this Part, take all reasonably
                                                                                                    5
                     practicable steps to ensure that the person and any primary carer
                                                                                                    6
                     of the person are consulted in relation to planning the person's
                                                                                                    7
                     release and leave and any subsequent treatment or other action
                                                                                                    8
                     considered in relation to the person.
                                                                                                    9
              (2)    In planning the release of any such person and any subsequent
                                                                                                   10
                     treatment or other action considered in relation to any such
                                                                                                   11
                     person, the authorised medical officer must take all reasonably
                                                                                                   12
                     practicable steps to consult with agencies involved in providing
                                                                                                   13
                     relevant services to the person, any primary carer of the person
                                                                                                   14
                     and any dependent children or other dependants of the person.
                                                                                                   15
              (3)    The authorised medical officer must take all reasonably
                                                                                                   16
                     practicable steps to provide a person who is released or given
                                                                                                   17
                     leave of absence from the mental health facility, and the person's
                                                                                                   18
                     primary carer, with appropriate information as to follow-up care.
                                                                                                   19
              (4)    In this section, primary carer has the same meaning as it has in
                                                                                                   20
                     the Mental Health Act 2006.
                                                                                                   21
       74     Effect of detention in mental health facility on sentence and parole
                                                                                                   22
              (1)    Any period of detention of a person in a mental health facility or
                                                                                                   23
                     other place, following a transfer under this Part from a
                                                                                                   24
                     correctional centre, is to be treated as if it were a period of
                                                                                                   25
                     imprisonment in a correctional centre for the purposes of the
                                                                                                   26
                     person's sentence and parole.
                                                                                                   27
              (2)    For the purposes of Part 6 of the Crimes (Administration of
                                                                                                   28
                     Sentences) Act 1999, a forensic patient who is detained in a
                                                                                                   29
                     mental health facility is taken to be serving a full-time sentence
                                                                                                   30
                     of detention in a correctional centre.
                                                                                                   31
                     Note. Part 6 of that Act contains provisions permitting the grant of parole
                                                                                                   32
                     to certain persons serving full-time sentences of detention.
                                                                                                   33
       75     Right of appearance of Director-General in Tribunal proceedings
                                                                                                   34
                     The Director-General has the right to appear and be heard, and be
                                                                                                   35
                     represented, in any proceedings before the Tribunal under this
                                                                                                   36
                     Part.




                                                                                    Page 137
                       Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7              Amendment of other Acts




        76        Orders under this Part                                                                                                          1
                                                                                                                                                  2
                  (1)        An order under this Part must be in writing.
                                                                                                                                                  3
                  (2)        An order under this Part has effect according to its tenor.
                                                                                                                                                  4
        77        Person who ceases to be a forensic patient may be detained as an
                                                                                                                                                  5
                  involuntary patient
                                                                                                                                                  6
                             Nothing in this Part prevents the application of Chapter 3 of the
                                                                                                                                                  7
                             Mental Health Act 2006 to a person who ceases to be a forensic
                                                                                                                                                  8
                             patient or a person from remaining in a mental health facility as
                                                                                                                                                  9
                             a voluntary patient.
                                                                                                                                                 10
[28]   Part 6
                                                                                                                                                 11
       Renumber existing Part 5 (Miscellaneous) as Part 6.
                                                                                                                                                 12
[29]   New sections 78 and 79
                                                                                                                                                 13
       Renumber existing sections 40 and 41 as sections 78 and 79.
                                                                                                                                                 14
[30]   Schedule 1 Savings and transitional provisions
                                                                                                                                                 15
       Insert at the end of clause 1A (1):
                                                                                                                                                 16
                     Mental Health Act 2006
                                                                                                                                                 17
[31]   Schedule 2
                                                                                                                                                 18
       Insert after Schedule 1:

       Schedule 2                             Medical certificate as to examination                                                              19

                                              of inmate                                                                                          20

                                                                                                                                                 21
                                                                                                                      (Section 51 (2))
                                                                                                                                                 22
       Mental Health (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990

               ............................................................ (*Medical Practitioner/Psychiatrist)
        I
               (name in full--use block letters)

                                                                                                                                                 23
       of ................................................................................. do hereby certify
                                                                                                                                                 24
       that on the .................... day of ............................. 20..........
       at ....................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                 25
                                                                                                                                                 26
                       (state name of correctional centre where examination took place)




Page 138
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                                                                                Schedule 7




       separately from any other medical practitioner, I personally examined                                                                      1
       .......................................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                  2
                                                        (name of inmate in full)
                                                                                                                                                  3
       and I am of the opinion that *he/she is *mentally ill/suffering from a mental condition
                                                                                                                                                  4
       for which treatment is available in a mental health facility.
                                                                                                                                                  5
       I have formed this opinion on the following grounds:
                                                                                                                                                  6
       (1)        Facts indicating *mental illness/mental condition observed by myself.
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                  7
       (2)        Other relevant information (if any) communicated to me by others (state name
                                                                                                                                                  8
                  and address of each informant).
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                   ...........................................................................................................................
                                                                                                                                                  9
       Made and signed this ........................................ day of ............................. 20..........
                                                                                                                                                 10
                                                                                       Signature ........................................
                                                                                                                                                 11
       *Delete whichever does not apply.

7.8 Protected Estates Act 1983 No 179                                                                                                            12

                                                                                                                                                 13
[1]    Section 4 Definitions
                                                                                                                                                 14
       Omit the definitions of hospital and informal patient from section 4 (1).
                                                                                                                                                 15
       Insert instead in alphabetical order:
                                                                                                                                                 16
                     involuntary patient has the same meaning as it has in the Mental
                                                                                                                                                 17
                     Health Act 2006.
                                                                                                                                                 18
                     mental health facility has the same meaning as it has in the
                                                                                                                                                 19
                     Mental Health Act 2006.
                                                                                                                                                 20
[2]    Section 4 (1), definitions of "MHRT" and "patient"
                                                                                                                                                 21
       Omit "Mental Health Act 1990" wherever occurring.
                                                                                                                                                 22
       Insert instead "Mental Health Act 2006".




                                                                                                                            Page 139
                Mental Health Bill 2006

Schedule 7      Amendment of other Acts




[3]   Section 15 Notice that person's capability to manage affairs will be              1
                                                                                        2
      considered
                                                                                        3
      Omit "A medical superintendent who intends to bring a person before a
                                                                                        4
      Magistrate under section 38 of the Mental Health Act 1990 shall".
                                                                                        5
      Insert instead "An authorised medical officer who intends to bring a person
                                                                                        6
      before a Magistrate for a mental health inquiry under section 34 of the Mental
                                                                                        7
      Health Act 2006 must".
                                                                                        8
[4]   Section 15 (a) and (b)
                                                                                        9
      Omit "section 38" wherever occurring.
                                                                                       10
      Insert instead "section 76".
                                                                                       11
[5]   Section 16 Consideration by Magistrate of capability of patients to
                                                                                       12
      manage affairs
                                                                                       13
      Omit "Where, under section 51 of the Mental Health Act 1990, a Magistrate
                                                                                       14
      directs the detention of a person in a hospital as a temporary patient the
                                                                                       15
      Magistrate shall" from section 16 (1).
                                                                                       16
      Insert instead "If, after holding a mental health inquiry under the Mental
                                                                                       17
      Health Act 2006, a Magistrate directs the detention of a person in a mental
                                                                                       18
      health facility as an involuntary patient the Magistrate must".
                                                                                       19
[6]   Section 18 Consideration of capability of forensic patients to manage
                                                                                       20
      affairs
                                                                                       21
      Omit "section 81, 82 or 86 of the Mental Health Act 1990".
                                                                                       22
      Insert instead "Division 2 of Part 5 or section 54 of the Mental Health
                                                                                       23
      (Criminal Procedure) Act 1990".
                                                                                       24
[7]   Section 18
                                                                                       25
      Omit "hospital". Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                       26
[8]   Section 23 Management of estates of persons who are protected
                                                                                       27
      persons
                                                                                       28
      Omit "hospital". Insert instead "mental health facility".




Page 140
Mental Health Bill 2006

Amendment of other Acts                                             Schedule 7




 [9]   Section 37 Absence of patient from mental health facility                    1
                                                                                    2
       Omit "hospital". Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                    3
[10]   Section 40 Receipt to be release
                                                                                    4
       Omit "hospital". Insert instead "mental health facility".
                                                                                    5
[11]   Section 79 Directions by Protective Commissioner as to visitors
                                                                                    6
       Omit "an authorised officer under the Mental Health Act 1990 or any other"
                                                                                    7
       from section 79 (a).
                                                                                    8
       Insert instead "a".




                                                                       Page 141


 


[Index] [Search] [Download] [Related Items] [Help]